ERouting Student Manual CCNA 2

This document is exclusive property of Cisco Systems, Inc. Permission is granted to print and copy this document for non-commercial distribution and exclusive use by instructors in the CCNA Exploration: Routing Protocols and Concepts course as part of an official Cisco Networking Academy Program.

Lab 1.5.1: Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Device

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.3.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.2.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

PC1

N/A

192.168.1.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.1.1

PC2

N/A

192.168.3.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.3.1

R1

R2

Learning Objectives Upon completion of this lab, you will be able to: •

Cable devices and establish console connections.

•

Erase and reload the routers.

•

Perform basic IOS command line interface operations.

•

Perform basic router configuration.

•

Verify and test configurations using show commands, ping and traceroute.

•

Create a startup configuration file.

•

Reload a startup configuration file.

•

Install a terminal emulation program.

Scenario In this lab activity, you will review previously learned skills including cabling devices, establishing a console connection, and basic IOS command line interface operation and configuration commands. You will also learn to save configuration files and capture your configurations to a text file. The skills presented in this lab are essential to completing the rest of the labs in this course. However, you may substitute the shorter version, Lab 1.5.2: Basic Router Configuration, if your instructor determines that you are proficient in the essential skills reviewed in this lab.

All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 1 of 29

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: Introduction to Routing and Packet Forwarding

Lab 1.5.1: Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration

Task 1: Cable the Ethernet Links of the Network. Cable the Ethernet links for a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. The output used in this lab is from Cisco 1841 routers. But you can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces as shown in the topology. A simple way to identify the available interfaces on a router is by entering the show ip interface brief command. Which of the devices in the Topology Diagram require an Ethernet cable between them? ____________________________________________________ Step 1: Connect the R1 Router to the S1 Switch. Use a straight-through Ethernet cable to connect the FastEthernet 0/0 interface of the R1 router to the FastEthernet 0/1 interface on the R1 switch. What color is the link status light next to the FastEthernet 0/0 interface on R1? _______________ What color is the link status light next to the FastEthernet 0/1 interface on S1? _______________ Step 2: Connect PC1 to the S1 Switch. Use a straight-through Ethernet cable to connect the network interface card (NIC) of PC1 to the FastEthernet 0/2 Interface of the S1 switch. What color is the link status light next to the NIC interface on PC1? _______________ What color is the link status light next to the FastEthernet 0/2 interface on S1? _______________ If the link status lights are not green, wait a few moments for the link between the two devices to become established. If the lights do not turn green after a few moments, check that you are using a straightthrough Ethernet cable and that the power is on for the S1 switch and PC1. Step 3: Connect PC2 to the R2 Router. Use a crossover Ethernet cable to connect the FastEthernet 0/0 interface of the R2 router to the NIC of PC2. Because there is no switch between PC2 and the R2 router, a crossover cable is required for a direct link between the PC and the router. What color is the link status light next to the NIC interface on PC2? _______________ What color is the link status light next to the FastEthernet 0/0 interface on R2? _______________

Task 2: Cable the Serial Link between the R1 and R2 Routers. In a real-world WAN connection, the customer premises equipment (CPE), which is often a router, is the data terminal equipment (DTE). This equipment is connected to the service provider through a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) device, which is commonly a modem or channel service unit (CSU)/ data service unit (DSU). This device is used to convert the data from the DTE into a form acceptable to the WAN service provider. Unlike the cables in the academy lab setup, the serial cables in the real world are not connected back to back. In a real-world situation, one router might be in New York, while another router might be in Sydney, Australia. An administrator located in Sydney would have to connect to the router in New York through the WAN cloud in order to troubleshoot the New York router. In the academy labs, devices that make up the WAN cloud are simulated by the connection between the back-to-back DTE-DCE cables. The connection from one router serial interface to another router serial interface simulates the whole circuit cloud.


Page 2 of 29



Step 1: Create a null serial cable to connect the R1 router to the R2 router. In the academy labs, the WAN connection between routers uses one DCE cable and one DTE cable. The DCE-DTE connection between routers is referred to as a null serial cable. The labs will use one V.35 DCE cable and one V.35 DTE cable to simulate the WAN connection. The V.35 DCE connector is usually a female V.35 (34-pin) connector. The DTE cable has a male V.35 connector. The cables are also labeled as DCE or DTE on the router end of the cable. The DTE and DCE V.35 cables must be joined together. Holding one of the V.35 ends in each hand, examine the pins and sockets as well as the threaded connectors. Note that there is only one proper way for the cables to fit together. Align the pins on the male cable with the sockets on the female cable and gently couple them. Very little effort should be required to accomplish this. When they are joined, turn the thumbscrews clockwise and secure the connectors. Step 2: Connect the DCE end of the null serial cable to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the R1 router, and the DTE end of the null serial cable to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the R2 router. Review the information provided below before making these connections. Before making the connection to one of the routers, examine the connector on the router and the cable. Note that the connectors are tapered to help prevent improper connection. Holding the connector in one hand, orient the cable and router connecters so that the tapers match. Now push the cable connector partially into the router connector. It probably will not go in all the way because the threaded connectors need to be tightened in order for the cable to be inserted completely. While holding the cable in one hand and gently pushing the cable toward the router, turn one of the thumb screws clockwise, 3 or 4 rounds, to start the screws. Now turn the other thumbscrew clockwise, 3 or 4 rounds, to get it started. At this point the cable should be attached sufficiently to free both hands to advance each thumbscrew at the same rate until the cable is fully inserted. Do not over-tighten these connectors.

Task 3: Establish a Console connection to the R1 Router. The console port is a management port used to provide out-of-band access to a router. It is used to set up the initial configuration of a router and to monitor it. A rollover cable and an RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter are used to connect a PC to the console port. As you know from your previous studies, terminal emulation software is used to configure the router over the console connection. The Cisco Networking Academy Program recommends using Tera Term. However, you can also use HyperTerminal, which is part of the Windows operating system. At the end of this lab, the following three appendices are available for your reference concerning these two terminal emulation programs: •

Appendix 1: Installing and Configuring Tera Term for use on Windows XP

•

Appendix 2: Configuring Tera Term as the Default Telnet Client in Windows XP

•

Appendix 3: Accessing and Configuring HyperTerminal

Step 1: Examine the router and locate the RJ-45 connector labeled Console. Step 2: Examine PC1 and locate a 9-pin male connector serial port. It may—or may not—be labeled as COM1 or COM2. Step 3: Locate the console cable. Some console cables have an RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter built into one end. Others do not. Locate either a console cable with a built-in adapter or a console cable with a separate RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter attached to one end.


Page 3 of 29



Step 4: Connect the console cable to the router and PC. First, connect the console cable to the router console port, an RJ-45 connector. Next, connect the DB-9 end of the console cable to the serial port of PC1. Step 5: Test router connection. 1. Open your terminal emulation software (HyperTerminal, Tera Term, or other software specified by your instructor). 2. Configure the software parameters specific to your applications (see appendices for help). 3. Once the terminal window is open, press the Enter key. There should be a response from the router. If there is, then the connection has been successfully completed. If there is no connection, troubleshoot as necessary. For example, verify that the router has power. Check the connection to the serial port on the PC and the console port on the router.

Task 4: Erase and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Using the HyperTerminal session established in Task 3, enter privileged EXEC mode on R1. Router>enable Router# Step 2: Erase the configuration. To clear the configuration, issue the erase startup-config command. Confirm the objective when prompted, and answer no if asked to save changes. The result should look something like this: Router#erase startup-config Erasing the nvram filesystem will remove all files! Continue? [confirm] [OK] Erase of nvram: complete Router#

Step 3: Reload the configuration. When the prompt returns, issue the reload command. Confirm the objective when prompted. After the router finishes the boot process, choose not to use the AutoInstall facility, as shown: Would Would Press Press

you like to enter the initial configuration dialog? [yes/no]: no you like to terminate autoinstall? [yes]: Enter to accept default. RETURN to get started!

Step 4: Establish a HyperTerminal Session to R2. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to remove any startup configuration file that may be present.

Task 5: Understand Command Line Basics. Step 1: Establish a HyperTerminal session to router R1. Step 2: Enter privileged EXEC mode. Router>enable Router# All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 29



Step 3: Enter an incorrect command and observe the router response. Router#comfigure terminal ^ % Invalid input detected at '^' marker. Router# Command line errors occur primarily from typing mistakes. If a command keyword is incorrectly typed, the user interface uses the caret symbol (^) to identify and isolate the error. The ^ appears at or near the point in the command string where an incorrect command, keyword, or argument was entered. Step 4: Correct the previous command. If a command is entered incorrectly, and the Enter key is pressed, the Up Arrow key on the keyboard can be pressed to repeat the last command. Use the Right Arrow and Left Arrow keys to move the cursor to the location where the mistake was made. Then make the correction. If something needs to be deleted, use the Backspace key. Use the directional keys and the Backspace key to correct the command to configure terminal, and then press Enter. Router#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. Router(config)#

End with CNTL/Z.

Step 5: Return to privileged EXEC mode with the exit command. Router(config)#exit %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console Router# Step 6: Examine the commands that are available for privileged EXEC mode. A question mark, ?, can be entered at the prompt to display a list of available commands. Router#? Exec commands: <1-99> Session number to resume clear Reset functions clock Manage the system clock configure Enter configuration mode connect Open a terminal connection copy Copy from one file to another debug Debugging functions (see also 'undebug') delete Delete a file dir List files on a filesystem disable Turn off privileged commands disconnect Disconnect an existing network connection enable Turn on privileged commands erase Erase a filesystem exit Exit from the EXEC logout Exit from the EXEC no Disable debugging informations ping Send echo messages reload Halt and perform a cold restart resume Resume an active network connection setup Run the SETUP command facility show Show running system information --More-All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 5 of 29



Notice the --More-- at the bottom of the command output. The --More-- prompt indicates that there are multiple screens of output. When a --More-- prompt appears, press the Spacebar to view the next available screen. To display only the next line, press the Enter key. Press any other key to return to the prompt. Step 7: View output. View the rest of the command output by pressing the Spacebar. The remainder of the output will appear where the --More-- prompt appeared previously. telnet traceroute undebug vlan write

Open a telnet connection Trace route to destination Disable debugging functions (see also 'debug') Configure VLAN parameters Write running configuration to memory, network, or terminal

Step 8: Exit privileged EXEC mode with the exit command. Router#exit The following output should be displayed: Router con0 is now available

Press RETURN to get started. Step 9: Press the Enter key to enter user EXEC mode. The Router> prompt should be visible. Step 10: Type an abbreviated IOS command. IOS commands can be abbreviated, as long as enough characters are typed for the IOS to recognize the unique command. Enter only the character e at the command prompt and observe the results. Router>e % Ambiguous command: "e" Router> Enter en at the command prompt and observe the results. Router>en Router# The abbreviated command en contains enough characters for the IOS to distinguish the enable command from the exit command.


Page 6 of 29



Step 11: Press the Tab key after an abbreviated command to use auto-complete. Typing an abbreviated command, such as conf, followed by the Tab key completes a partial command name. This functionality of the IOS is called auto-complete. Type the abbreviated command conf, press the Tab key, and observe the results. Router#conf Router#configure This auto-complete feature can be used as long as enough characters are typed for the IOS to recognize the unique command. Step 12: Enter IOS commands in the correct mode. IOS commands must be entered in the correct mode. For example, configuration changes cannot be made while in privileged EXEC mode. Attempt to enter the command hostname R1 at the privileged EXEC prompt and observe the results. Router#hostname R1 ^ % Invalid input detected at '^' marker. Router#

Task 6: Perform Basic Configuration of Router R1. Step 1: Establish a HyperTerminal session to router R1. Step 2: Enter privileged EXEC mode. Router>enable Router# Step 3: Enter global configuration mode. Router#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. Router(config)#

End with CNTL/Z.

Step 4: Configure the router name as R1. Enter the command hostname R1 at the prompt. Router(config)#hostname R1 R1(config)# Step 5: Disable DNS lookup with the no ip domain-lookup command. R1(config)#no ip domain-lookup R1(config)# Why would you want to disable DNS lookup in a lab environment? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 29



What would happen if you disabled DNS lookup in a production environment? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: Configure an EXEC mode password. Configure an EXEC mode password using the enable secret password command. Use class for the password. R1(config)#enable secret class R1(config)# The enable secret command is used to provide an additional layer of security over the enable password command. The enable secret command provides better security by storing the enable secret password using a non-reversible cryptographic function. The added layer of security encryption provides is useful in environments where the password crosses the network or is stored on a TFTP server. When both the enable password and enable secret passwords are configured, the Step 7: Remove the enable password. Because the enable secret is configured, the enable password is no longer necessary. IOS commands can be removed from the configuration using the no form of the command. R1(config)#no enable password R1(config)# Step 8: Configure a message-of-the-day banner using the banner motd command. R1(config)#banner motd & Enter TEXT message. End with the character '&'. ******************************** !!!AUTHORIZED ACCESS ONLY!!! ******************************** & R1(config)# When does this banner display? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Why should every router have a message-of-the-day banner? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Step 9: Configure the console password on the router. Use cisco as the password. When you are finished, exit from line configuration mode. R1(config)#line console 0 R1(config-line)#password cisco R1(config-line)#login R1(config-line)#exit R1(config)#


Page 8 of 29



Step 10: Configure the password for the virtual terminal lines. Use cisco as the password. When you are finished, exit from line configuration mode. R1(config)#line vty 0 4 R1(config-line)#password cisco R1(config-line)#login R1(config-line)#exit R1(config)#


Page 9 of 29



Step 11: Configure the FastEthernet 0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.1.1/24. R1(config)#interface fastethernet 0/0 R1(config-if)#ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up R1(config-if)# Step 12: Use the description command to provide a description for this interface. R1(config-if)#description R1 LAN R1(config-if)# Step 13: Configure the Serial0/0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.2.1/24. Set the clock rate to 64000. Note: Because the routers in the labs will not be connected to a live leased line, one of the routers will need to provide the clocking for the circuit. This is normally provided to each of the routers by the service provider. To provide this clocking signal in the lab, one of the routers will need to act as the DCE on the connection. This function is achieved by applying the clock rate 64000 command on the serial 0/0/0 interface, where the DCE end of the null modem cable has been connected. The purpose of the clock rate command is discussed further in Chapter 2, “Static Routes.” R1(config-if)#interface serial 0/0/0 R1(config-if)#ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#clock rate 64000 R1(config-if)#no shutdown R1(config-if)# Note: The interface will not be activated until the serial interface on R2 is configured and activated. Step 14: Use the description command to provide a description for this interface. R1(config-if)#description Link to R2 R1(config-if)# Step 15: Use the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode. R1(config-if)#end R1# Step 16: Save the R1 configuration. Save the R1 configuration using the copy running-config startup-config command. R1#copy running-config startup-config Building configuration... [OK] R1#

Task 7: Perform Basic Configuration of Router R2. Step 1: For R2, repeat Steps 1 through 10 from Task 6. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 10 of 29



Step 2: Configure the Serial 0/0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.2.2/24. R2(config)#interface serial 0/0/0 R2(config-if)#ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.0 R2(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up R2(config-if)# Step 3: Use the description command to provide a description for this interface. R1(config-if)#description Link to R1 R1(config-if)# Step 4: Configure the FastEthernet 0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.3.1/24. R2(config-if)#interface fastethernet 0/0 R2(config-if)#ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 R2(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up R2(config-if)# Step 5: Use the description command to provide a description for this interface. R1(config-if)#description R2 LAN R1(config-if)# Step 6: Use the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode. R2(config-if)#end R2# Step 7: Save the R2 configuration. Save the R2 configuration using the copy running-config startup-config command, R2#copy running-config startup-config Building configuration... [OK] R2#

Task 8: Configure IP Addressing on the Host PCs. Step 1: Configure the host PC1. Configure the host PC1 that is attached to R1 with an IP address of 192.168.1.10/24 and a default gateway of 192.168.1.1. Step 2: Configure the host PC2. Configure the host PC2 that is attached to R2 with an IP address of 192.168.3.10/24 and a default gateway of 192.168.3.1.

All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 11 of 29



Task 9: Examine Router show Commands. There are many show commands that can be used to examine the operation of the router. In both privileged EXEC and user EXEC modes, the command show ? provides a list of available show commands. The list is considerably longer in privileged EXEC mode than it is in user EXEC mode. Step 1: Examine the show running-config command. The show running-config command is used to display the contents of the currently running configuration file. From privileged EXEC mode on the R1 router, examine the output of the show running-config command. If the –-More-- prompt appears, press the Spacebar to view the remainder of the command output. R1#show running-config ! version 12.3 ! hostname R1 ! ! enable secret 5 $1$AFDd$0HCi0iYHkEWR4cegQdTQu/ ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 description R1 LAN mac-address 0007.eca7.1511 ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1 mac-address 0001.42dd.a220 no ip address duplex auto speed auto shutdown ! interface Serial0/0 description Link to R2 ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 clock rate 64000 ! interface Serial0/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface Vlan1 no ip address shutdown ! ip classless ! ! ! ! line con 0 All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 12 of 29



password cisco line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end Step 2: Examine The show startup-config command. The show startup-config command displays the startup configuration file contained in NVRAM. From privileged EXEC mode on the R1 router, examine the output of the show startup-config command. If the –-More-- prompt appears, press the Spacebar to view the remainder of the command output. R1#show startup-config Using 583 bytes ! version 12.3 ! hostname R1 ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 description R1 LAN mac-address 0007.eca7.1511 ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1 mac-address 0001.42dd.a220 no ip address duplex auto speed auto shutdown ! interface Serial0/0 description Link to R2 ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 clock rate 64000 ! interface Serial0/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface Vlan1 no ip address shutdown ! ip classless ! ! ! ! line con 0 All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 13 of 29



password cisco line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end Step 3: Examine the show interfaces command. The show interfaces command displays statistics for all interfaces configured on the router. A specific interface can be added to the end of this command to display the statistics for only that interface. From privileged EXEC mode on the R1 router, examine the output of the show interfaces fastEthernet0/0 command. If the –-More-- prompt appears, press the Spacebar to view the remainder of the command output. R1# show interfaces fastEthernet 0/0 FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up (connected) Hardware is Lance, address is 0007.eca7.1511 (bia 0002.1625.1bea) Description: R1 LAN Internet address is 192.168.1.1/24 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00, Last input 00:00:08, output 00:00:05, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Queueing strategy: fifo Output queue :0/40 (size/max) 5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 no buffer Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort 0 input packets with dribble condition detected 0 packets output, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 output errors, 0 collisions, 1 interface resets 0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred 0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier 0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out R1# Step 4: Examine the show version command. The show version command displays information about the currently loaded software version along with hardware and device information. From privileged EXEC mode on the R1 router, examine the output of the show version command. If the –-More-- prompt appears, press the Spacebar to view the remainder of the command output. R1#show version Cisco IOS Software, 1841 Software (C1841-IPBASE-M), Version 12.3(14)T7, RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc2) Technical Support: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport Copyright (c) 1986-2006 by Cisco Systems, Inc. Compiled Mon 15-May-06 14:54 by pt_team ROM: System Bootstrap, Version 12.3(8r)T8, RELEASE SOFTWARE (fc1) System returned to ROM by power-on System image file is "flash:c1841-ipbase-mz.123-14.T7.bin" All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 14 of 29



This product contains cryptographic features and is subject to United States and local country laws governing import, export, transfer and use. Delivery of Cisco cryptographic products does not imply third-party authority to import, export, distribute or use encryption. Importers, exporters, distributors and users are responsible for compliance with U.S. and local country laws. By using this product you agree to comply with applicable laws and regulations. If you are unable to comply with U.S. and local laws, return this product immediately. A summary of U.S. laws governing Cisco cryptographic products may be found at: http://www.cisco.com/wwl/export/crypto/tool/stqrg.html If you require further assistance please contact us by sending email to [email protected]. Cisco 1841 (revision 5.0) with 114688K/16384K bytes of memory. Processor board ID FTX0947Z18E M860 processor: part number 0, mask 49 2 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 2 Low-speed serial(sync/async) network interface(s) 191K bytes of NVRAM. 31360K bytes of ATA CompactFlash (Read/Write) Configuration register is 0x2102 R1# Step 5: Examine the show ip interface brief command. The show ip interface brief command displays a summary of the usability status information for each interface. From privileged EXEC mode on the R1 router, examine the output of the show ip interface brief command. If the –-More-- prompt appears, press the Spacebar to view the remainder of the command output. R1#show ip interface brief Interface IP-Address

OK? Method Status

Protocol

FastEthernet0/0

192.168.1.1

YES manual up

up

FastEthernet0/1

unassigned

YES manual administratively down down

Serial0/0/0

192.168.2.1

YES manual up

Serial0/0/1

unassigned


Vlan1 R1#

unassigned

up


Task 10: Using ping. The ping command is a useful tool for troubleshooting Layers 1 though 3 of the OSI model and diagnosing basic network connectivity. This operation can be performed at either the user or privileged EXEC modes. Using ping sends an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet to the specified device and then waits for a reply. Pings can be sent from a router or a host PC.




Step 1: Use the ping command to test connectivity between the R1 router and PC1. R1#ping 192.168.1.10 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.1.10, timeout is 2 seconds: .!!!! Success rate is 80 percent (4/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 72/79/91 ms Each exclamation point (!) indicates a successful echo. Each period (.) on the display indicates that the application on the router timed out while it waited for a packet echo from a target. The first ping packet failed because the router did not have an ARP table entry for the destination address of the IP packet. Because there is no ARP table entry, the packet is dropped. The router then sends an ARP request, receives a response, and adds the MAC address to the ARP table. When the next ping packet arrives, it will be forwarded and be successful. Step 2: Repeat the ping from R1 to PC1. R1#ping 192.168.1.10 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.1.10, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 72/83/93 ms R1# All of the pings are successful this time because the router has an entry for the destination IP address in the ARP table. Step 3: Send an extended ping from R1 to PC1. To accomplish this, type ping at the privileged EXEC prompt and press Enter. Fill out the rest of the prompts as shown: R1#ping Protocol [ip]: Target IP address: 192.168.1.10 Repeat count [5]: 10 Datagram size [100]: Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: Sweep range of sizes [n]: Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 10, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.1.10, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!!!!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (10/10), round-trip min/avg/max = 53/77/94 ms R1# Step 4: Send a ping from PC1 to R1. From Windows go to Start > Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt. In the Command Prompt window that opens, ping R1 by issuing the following command: C:\> ping 192.168.1.1 The ping should respond with successful results. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 16 of 29



Step 5: Send an extended ping from PC1 to R1. To accomplish this, enter the following command at the Windows command prompt: C:\>ping 192.168.1.1 –n 10 There should be 10 successful responses from the command.

Task 11: Using traceroute. The traceroute command is an excellent utility for troubleshooting the path that a packet takes through an internetwork of routers. It can help to isolate problem links and routers along the way. The traceroute command uses ICMP packets and the error message generated by routers when the packet exceeds its Time-To-Live (TTL). This operation can be performed at either the user or privileged EXEC modes. The Windows version of this command is tracert. Step 1: Use the traceroute command at the R1 privileged EXEC prompt to discover the path that a packet will take from the R1 router to PC1. R1#traceroute 192.168.1.10 Type escape sequence to abort. Tracing the route to 192.168.1.10 1 R1#

192.168.1.10

103 msec

81 msec

70 msec

Step 2: Use the tracert command at the Windows command prompt to discover the path that a packet will take from the R1 router to PC1. C:\>tracert 192.168.1.1 Tracing route to 192.168.1.1 over a maximum of 30 hops: 1

71 ms 70 ms 73 ms 192.168.1.1

Trace complete. C:\>

Task 12: Create a start.txt File. Router configurations can be captured to a text (.txt) file and saved for later use. The configuration can be copied back to the router so that the commands do not have to be entered one at a time.

Step 1: View the running configuration of the router using the show running-config command. R1#show running-config ! version 12.3 ! hostname R1 ! ! enable secret 5 $1$J.hq$Ds72Qz86tvpcuW2X3FqBS. ! no ip domain-lookup All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 17 of 29



! interface FastEthernet0/0 description R1 LAN mac-address 0007.eca7.1511 ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface FastEthernet0/1 mac-address 0001.42dd.a220 no ip address duplex auto speed auto shutdown ! interface Serial0/0 description Link to R2 ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 clock rate 64000 ! interface Serial0/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface Vlan1 no ip address shutdown ! ip classless ! ! ! ! line con 0 password cisco line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end R1# Step 2: Copy the command output. Select the command output. From the HyperTerminal Edit menu, choose the copy command.

Step 3: Paste output in Notepad. Open Notepad. Notepad is typically found on the Start menu under Programs > Accessories. From the Notepad Edit menu, click Paste.




Step 4: Edit commands. Some commands will have to be edited or added before the startup script can be applied to a router. Some of these changes are: •

Adding a no shutdown command to FastEthernet and serial interfaces that are being used.

•

Replacing the encrypted text in the enable secret command with the appropriate password.

•

Removing the mac-address command from the interfaces.

•

Removing the ip classless command.

•

Removing unused interfaces.

Edit the text in the Notepad file as shown below: hostname R1 ! ! enable secret class ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 description R1 LAN ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 no shutdown duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial0/0 description Link to R2 ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! ! ! ! line con 0 password cisco line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end Step 5: Save the open file in Notepad to start.txt.




Task 13: Load the start.txt File onto the R1 Router. Step 1: Erase the current startup configuration of R1. Confirm the objective when prompted, and answer no if asked to save changes. The result should look something like this: R1#erase startup-config Erasing the nvram filesystem will remove all files! Continue? [confirm] [OK] Erase of nvram: complete Router#

Step 2: When the prompt returns, issue the reload command. Confirm the objective when prompted. After the router finishes the boot process, choose not to use the AutoInstall facility, as shown: Would Would Press Press

you like to enter the initial configuration dialog? [yes/no]: no you like to terminate autoinstall? [yes]: Enter to accept default. RETURN to get started!

Step 3: Enter global configuration mode. Router#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. Router(config)#

End with CNTL/Z.

Step 4: Copy the commands. In the start.txt file that was created in Notepad, select all the lines, and then choose Edit > Copy. Step 5: From the HyperTerminal Edit menu, choose Paste to Host. Step 6: Verify the running configuration. After all of the pasted commands have been applied, use the show running-config command to verify that the running configuration appears as expected. Step 7: Save the running configuration, Save the running configuration to NVRAM using the copy running-config startup-config command. R1#copy running-config startup-config Building configuration... [OK] R1#




Appendix 1: Installing and Configuring Tera Term for use on Windows XP Tera Term is a free terminal emulation program for Windows. It can be used in the lab environment in place of Windows HyperTerminal. Tera Term can be obtained at the following URL: http://hp.vector.co.jp/authors/VA002416/teraterm.html Download the “ttermp23.zip”, unzip it, and install Tera Term. Step 1: Open the Tera Terminal program. Step 2: Assign Serial port. To use Terra Term to connect to the router console, open the New connection dialog box and select the Serial port. Step 3: Set Serial port parameters. Set appropriate parameters for Port in the Serial section of the Tera Term:New Connection dialog box. Normally, your connection is through COM1. If you are unsure what port to use, ask your instructor for assistance.

Step 4: Configure settings. Terra Term has some settings that can be changed to make it more convenient to use. From the Setup > Terminal menu, check the Term size = win size checkbox. This setting allows command output to remain visible when the Terra Term window is resized.




Step 5: Change scroll buffer number. From the Setup > Window menu, change the scroll buffer number to a number higher than 100. This setting allows you to scroll up and view previous commands and outputs. If there are only 100 lines available in the buffer, only the last 100 lines of output are visible. In the example below, the scroll buffer has been changed to 1000 lines.




Appendix 2: Configuring Tera Term as the Default Telnet Client in Windows XP Be default, Windows may be set to use HyperTerminal as the Telnet client. Windows may also be set to use the DOS version of Telnet. In the NetLab environment, you can change the Telnet client to Local Telnet Client, which means that NetLab will open the current Windows default Telnet client. This may be set to HyperTerminal or to the DOS-like version of Telnet embedded in the Windows operating system. Complete the following steps to change your default Telnet client to Tera Term (or any other Telnet client): Step 1: Go to Folder Options. Double-click My Computer, and then choose Tools > Folder Options. Step 2: Go to (NONE) URL:Telnet Protocol. Click the File Types tab and scroll down in the list of Registered file types: until you find the (NONE) URL:Telnet Protocol entry. Select it and then click the Advanced button.




Step 3: Edit the open action. In the Edit File Type dialog box, click Edit to edit the open action.

Step 4: Change the application. In the Editing action for type: URL: Telnet Protocol dialog box, the Application used to perform action is currently set to HyperTerminal. Click Browse to change the application.




Step 5: Open ttermpro.exe. Browse to the Tera Term installation folder. Click the ttermpro.exe file to specify this program for the open action, and then click Open.

Step 6: Confirm ttermpro.exe and close. Click OK twice and then Close to close the Folder Options dialog box. The Windows default Telnet client is now set to Tera Term.







Appendix 3: Accessing and Configuring HyperTerminal In most versions of Windows, HyperTerminal can be found by navigating to Start > Programs > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal. Step 1: Create a new connection. Open HyperTerminal to create a new connection to the router. Enter an appropriate description in the Connection Description dialog box and then click OK.

Step 2: Assign COM1 port. On the Connect To dialog box, make sure the correct serial port is selected in the Connect using field. Some PCs have more than one COM port. Click OK.




Step 3: Set COM1 properties. In the COM1 Properties dialog box under Port Setting, clicking Restore Defaults normally sets the correct properties. If not, set the properties to the values show in the following graphic, and then click OK.




Step 4: Verify connection. You should now have a console connection to the router. Press Enter to get a router prompt.


Lab 1.5.2: Basic Router Configuration Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Def. Gateway

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.3.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.2.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

PC1

N/A

192.168.1.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.1.1

PC2

N/A

192.168.3.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.3.1

R1

R2


Cable a network according to the Topology Diagram.

•

Erase the startup configuration and reload a router to the default state.

•

Perform basic configuration tasks on a router.

•

Configure and activate Ethernet interfaces.

•

Test and verify configurations.

•

Reflect upon and document the network implementation.

Scenario In this lab activity, you will create a network that is similar to the one shown in the Topology Diagram. Begin by cabling the network as shown in the Topology Diagram. You will then perform the initial router configurations required for connectivity. Use the IP addresses that are provided in the Topology Diagram to apply an addressing scheme to the network devices. When the network configuration is complete, examine the routing tables to verify that the network is operating properly. This lab is a shorter version of Lab 1.5.1: Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration and assumes you are proficient in basic cabling and configuration file management.


Page 1 of 9


Lab 1.5.2: Basic Router Configuration

Task 1: Cable the Network. Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. The output used in this lab is from 1841 routers. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces as shown in the topology. Be sure to use the appropriate type of Ethernet cable to connect from host to switch, switch to router, and host to router. Refer to Lab 1.5.1: Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration if you have any trouble connecting the devices. Be sure to connect the serial DCE cable to router R1 and the serial DTE cable to router R2. Answer the following questions: What type of cable is used to connect the Ethernet interface on a host PC to the Ethernet interface on a switch? ________________________ What type of cable is used to connect the Ethernet interface on a switch to the Ethernet interface on a router? __________________________ What type of cable is used to connect the Ethernet interface on a router to the Ethernet interface on a host PC? _________________________

Task 2: Erase and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Establish a terminal session to router R1. Refer to Lab 1.5.1, “Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration,” for review of terminal emulation and connecting to a router. Step 2: Enter privileged EXEC mode. Router>enable Router# Step 3: Clear the configuration. To clear the configuration, issue the erase startup-config command. Press Enter when prompted to [confirm] that you really do want to erase the configuration currently stored in NVRAM. Router#erase startup-config Erasing the nvram filesystem will remove all files! Continue? [confirm] [OK] Erase of nvram: complete Router# Step 4: Reload configuration. When the prompt returns, issue the reload command. Answer no if asked to save changes. What would happen if you answered yes to the question, “System configuration has been modified. Save?” _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ The result should look something like this: Router#reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: no Proceed with reload? [confirm] All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 9



Press Enter when prompted to [confirm] that you really do want to reload the router. After the router finishes the boot process, choose not to use the AutoInstall facility, as shown: Would Would Press Press

you like to enter the initial configuration dialog? [yes/no]: no you like to terminate autoinstall? [yes]: [Press Return] Enter to accept default. RETURN to get started!

Step 5: Repeat Steps 1 through 4 on router R2 to remove any startup configuration file that may be present.

Task 3: Perform Basic Configuration of Router R1. Step 1: Establish a HyperTerminal session to router R1. Step 2: Enter privileged EXEC mode. Router>enable Router# Step 3: Enter global configuration mode. Router#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. Router(config)#

End with CNTL/Z.

Step 4: Configure the router name as R1. Enter the command hostname R1 at the prompt. Router(config)#hostname R1 R1(config)#

Step 5: Disable DNS lookup. Disable DNS lookup with the no ip domain-lookup command. R1(config)#no ip domain-lookup R1(config)# Why would you want to disable DNS lookup in a lab environment? _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ What would happen if you disabled DNS lookup in a production environment? _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________


Page 3 of 9



Step 6: Configure the EXEC mode password. Configure the EXEC mode password using the enable secret password command. Use class for the password. R1(config)#enable secret class R1(config)# Why is it not necessary to use the enable password password command? _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ Step 7: Configure a message-of-the-day banner. Configure a message-of-the-day banner using the banner motd command. R1(config)#banner motd & Enter TEXT message. End with the character '&'. ******************************** !!!AUTHORIZED ACCESS ONLY!!! ******************************** & R1(config)# When does this banner display? _______________________________________________________________________________ Why should every router have a message-of-the-day banner? _______________________________________________________________________________ Step 8: Configure the console password on the router. Use cisco as the password. When you are finished, exit from line configuration mode. R1(config)#line console 0 R1(config-line)#password cisco R1(config-line)#login R1(config-line)#exit R1(config)#

Step 9: Configure the password for the virtual terminal lines. Use cisco as the password. When you are finished, exit from line configuration mode. R1(config)#line vty 0 4 R1(config-line)#password cisco R1(config-line)#login R1(config-line)#exit R1(config)#

Step 10: Configure the FastEthernet0/0 interface. Configure the FastEthernet0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.1.1/24. R1(config)#interface fastethernet 0/0 R1(config-if)#ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#no shutdown All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 9



%LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up R1(config-if)#

Step 11: Configure the Serial0/0/0 interface. Configure the Serial0/0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.2.1/24. Set the clock rate to 64000. Note: The purpose of the clock rate command is explained in Chapter 2: Static Routes. R1(config-if)#interface serial 0/0/0 R1(config-if)#ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#clock rate 64000 R1(config-if)#no shutdown R1(config-if)# Note: The interface will be activated until the serial interface on R2 is configured and activated Step 12: Return to privileged EXEC mode. Use the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode. R1(config-if)#end R1# Step 13: Save the R1 configuration. Save the R1 configuration using the copy running-config startup-config command. R1#copy running-config startup-config Building configuration... [OK] R1# What is a shorter version of this command? ________________________

Task 4: Perform Basic Configuration of Router R2. Step 1: For R2, repeat Steps 1 through 9 from Task 3. Step 2: Configure the Serial 0/0/0 interface. Configure the Serial 0/0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.2.2/24. R2(config)#interface serial 0/0/0 R2(config-if)#ip address 192.168.2.2 255.255.255.0 R2(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up R2(config-if)#


Page 5 of 9



Step 3: Configure the FastEthernet0/0 interface. Configure the FastEthernet0/0 interface with the IP address 192.168.3.1/24. R2(config-if)#interface fastethernet 0/0 R2(config-if)#ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 R2(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up R2(config-if)# Step 4: Return to privileged EXEC mode. Use the end command to return to privileged EXEC mode. R2(config-if)#end R2# Step 5: Save the R2 configuration. Save the R2 configuration using the copy running-config startup-config command. R2#copy running-config startup-config Building configuration... [OK] R2#

Task 5: Configure IP Addressing on the Host PCs. Step 1: Configure the host PC1. Configure the host PC1 that is attached to R1 with an IP address of 192.168.1.10/24 and a default gateway of 192.168.1.1. Step 2: Configure the host PC2. Configure the host PC2 that is attached to R2 with an IP address of 192.168.3.10/24 and a default gateway of 192.168.3.1.


Page 6 of 9



Task 6: Verify and Test the Configurations. Step 1: Verify that routing tables have the following routes using the show ip route command. The show ip route command and output will be thoroughly explored in upcoming chapters. For now, you are interested in seeing that both R1 and R2 have two routes. Both routes are designated with a C. These are the directly connected networks that were activated when you configured the interfaces on each router. If you do not see two routes for each router as shown in the following output, proceed to Step 2. R1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2 i - IS-IS, su - IS-IS summary, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2 ia - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, U - per-user static route o - ODR, P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set C C

192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0

-----------------------R2#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2 i - IS-IS, su - IS-IS summary, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2 ia - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, U - per-user static route o - ODR, P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set C C

192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Step 2: Verify interface configurations. Another common problem is router interfaces that are not configured correctly or not activated. Use the show ip interface brief command to quickly verify the configuration of each router’s interfaces. Your output should look similar to the following: R1#show ip interface Interface FastEthernet0/0 FastEthernet0/1 Serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/1 Vlan1

brief IP-Address 192.168.1.1 unassigned 192.168.2.1 unassigned unassigned

OK? Method Status Protocol YES manual up up YES unset administratively down down YES manual up up YES unset administratively down down YES manual administratively down down

-----------------------All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 7 of 9


R2#show ip interface Interface FastEthernet0/0 FastEthernet0/1 Serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/1 Vlan1

brief IP-Address 192.168.3.1 unassigned 192.168.2.2 unassigned unassigned


OK? Method Status Protocol YES manual up up YES unset administratively down down YES manual up up YES unset down down YES manual administratively down down

If both interfaces are up and up, then both routes will be in the routing table. Verify this again by using the show ip route command. Step 3: Test connectivity. Test connectivity by pinging from each host to the default gateway that has been configured for that host. From the host attached to R1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ From the host attached to R2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ If the answer is no for any of the above questions, troubleshoot the configurations to find the error using the following systematic process: 1. Check the PCs. Are they physically connected to the correct router? (Connection could be through a switch or directly.) ____________ Are link lights blinking on all relevant ports? ____________ 2. Check the PC configurations. Do they match the Topology Diagram? ____________ 3. Check the router interfaces using the show ip interface brief command. Are the interfaces up and up? ____________ If your answer to all three steps is yes, then you should be able to successfully ping the default gateway. Step 4: Test connectivity between router R1 and R2. From the router R1, is it possible to ping R2 using the command ping 192.168.2.2? ____________ From the router R2, is it possible to ping R1 using the command ping 192.168.2.1? ____________ If the answer is no for the questions above, troubleshoot the configurations to find the error using the following systematic process: 1. Check the cabling. Are the routers physically connected? ____________ Are link lights blinking on all relevant ports? ____________ 2. Check the router configurations. Do they match the Topology Diagram? ____________ Did you configure the clock rate command on the DCE side of the link? ____________ 3. Check the router interfaces using the show ip interface brief command. Are the interfaces “up” and “up”? ____________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 8 of 9



If your answer to all three steps is yes, then you should be able to successfully ping from R2 to R1 and from R2 to R3.

Task 7: Reflection Step 1: Attempt to ping from the host connected to R1 to the host connected to R2. This ping should be unsuccessful. Step 2: Attempt to ping from the host connected to R1 to router R2. This ping should be unsuccessful. Step 3: Attempt to ping from the host connected to R2 to router R1. This ping should be unsuccessful. What is missing from the network that is preventing communication between these devices? ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________

Task 8: Documentation On each router, capture the following command output to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference. •

show running-config

•

show ip route

•

show ip interface brief

If you need to review the procedures for capturing command output, refer to Lab 1.5.1, “Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration.”

Task 9: Clean Up Erase the configurations and reload the routers. Disconnect and store the cabling. For PC hosts that are normally connected to other networks (such as the school LAN or to the Internet), reconnect the appropriate cabling and restore the TCP/IP settings.


Page 9 of 9

Lab 1.5.3: Challenge Router Configuration Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Device R1

R2

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC


Subnet an address space given requirements.

•

Assign appropriate addresses to interfaces and document.

•


•


•


•

Configure and activate Serial and Ethernet interfaces.

•


•


Scenario In this lab activity, you will design and apply an IP addressing scheme for the topology shown in the Topology Diagram. You will be given one class C address that you must subnet to provide a logical addressing scheme for the network. You must first cable the network as shown before the configuration can begin. Once the network is cabled, configure each device with the appropriate basic configuration commands. The routers will then be ready for interface address configuration according to your IP addressing scheme. When the configuration is complete, use the appropriate IOS commands to verify that the network is working properly.

Task 1: Subnet the Address Space. Step 1: Examine the network requirements. You have been given the 192.168.1.0/24 address space to use in your network design. The network consists of the following segments: All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 1 of 4


• • •

Lab 1.5.3: Challenge Router Configuration

The network connected to router R1 will require enough IP addresses to support 20 hosts. The network connected to router R2 will require enough IP addresses to support 20 hosts. The link between router R1 and router R2 will require IP addresses at each end of the link.

Step 2: Consider the following questions when creating your network design. How many subnets are needed for this network? ____________________ What is the subnet mask for this network in dotted decimal format? ____________________ What is the subnet mask for the network in slash format? ____________________ How many usable hosts are there per subnet? ____________________ Step 3: Assign subnetwork addresses to the Topology Diagram. 1. Assign subnet 1 to the network attached to R1. 2. Assign subnet 2 to the link between R1 and R2. 3. Assign subnet 3 to the network attached to R2.

Task 2: Determine Interface Addresses. Step 1: Assign appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. 1. Assign the first valid host address in subnet 1 to the LAN interface on R1. 2. Assign the last valid host address in subnet 1 to PC1. 3. Assign the first valid host address in subnet 2 to the WAN interface on R1. 4. Assign the last valid host address in subnet 2 to the WAN interface on R2. 5. Assign the first valid host address in subnet 3 to the LAN interface of R2. 6. Assign the last valid host address in subnet 3 to PC2. Step 2: Document the addresses to be used in the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 3: Prepare the Network Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces as shown in the topology. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.


Page 2 of 4



Task 4: Perform Basic Router Configurations. Perform basic configuration of the R1 and R2 routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6. Configure a password for VTY connections.

Task 5: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure the router interfaces. Configure the interfaces on the R1 and R2 routers with the IP addresses from your network design. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 2: Configure the PC interfaces. Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1 and PC2 with the IP addresses and default gateways from your network design.

Task 6: Verify the Configurations. Answer the following questions to verify that the network is operating as expected. From the host attached to R1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ From the host attached to R2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ From the router R1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of R2? __________ From the router R2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of R1? __________ The answer to the above questions should be yes. If any of the above pings failed, check your physical connections and configurations. If necessary, refer to Lab 1.5.2, “Basic Router Configuration.” What is the status of the FastEthernet 0/0 interface of R1? _____________ What is the status of the Serial 0/0/0 interface of R1? _____________ What is the status of the FastEthernet 0/0 interface of R2? _____________ What is the status of the Serial 0/0/0 interface of R2? _____________


Page 3 of 4



What routes are present in the routing table of R1? __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________

What routes are present in the routing table of R2? __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________

Task 7: Reflection Are there any devices on the network that cannot ping each other? __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________

What is missing from the network that is preventing communication between these devices? __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________

Task 8: Document the Router Configurations. On each router, capture the following command output to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference. •

Running configuration

•

Routing table

•

Summary of status information for each interface


Page 4 of 4

1.6.1: Packet Tracer Skills Integration Challenge Activity Topology Diagram


HQ

B1

B2

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

Objectives •

Design and document an addressing scheme based on requirements.

•

Select appropriate equipment and cable the devices.

•

Apply a basic configuration to the devices.

•

Verify full connectivity between all devices in the topology.

•

Identify layer 2 and layer 3 addresses used to switch packets.


Page 1 of 3


1.6.1: Packet Tracer Skills Integration Challenge Activity

Task 1: Design and document an addressing scheme. Step 1: Design an addressing scheme. Based on the network requirements shown in the topology, design an appropriate addressing scheme. •

Starting with the largest LAN, determine that size of subnet you will need for the given host requirement.

•

After the LAN subnets are determined, assign the first available address space to the WAN link between B1 and HQ.

•

Assign the second available address space to the WAN link between HQ and B2.

Step 2: Document the addressing scheme. •

Use the blank spaces on the topology to record the network addresses in dotted-decimal/slash format.

•

Use the table provided in the printed instructions to document the IP addresses, subnet masks and default gateway addresses. For the LANs, assign the first IP address to the router interface. Assign the last IP address to the PC For the WAN links, assign the first IP address to HQ.

Task 2: Select equipment and cable devices. Step 1: Select the necessary equipment. Select the remaining devices you will need and add them to the working space inside Packet Tracer. Use the labels as a guide as to where to place the devices. Step 2: Finish cabling the devices. Cable the networks according to the topology taking care that interfaces match your documentation in Task 1.

Task 3: Apply a basic configuration. Step 1: Configure the routers. Using your documentation, configure the routers with basic configurations including addressing. Use cisco as the line passwords and class as the secret password. Use 64000 as the clock rate. Step 2: Configure the PCs. Using your documentation, configure the PCs with an IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

Task 4: Test connectivity and examine the configuration. Step 1: Test connectivity. RIP routing has already been configured for you. Therefore, you should have end-to-end connectivity. •

Can PC1 ping PC2? ________

•

Can PC1 ping PC3? ________

• Can PC3 ping PC2? ________ Troubleshoot until pings are successful. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 3



Step 2: Examine the configuration. Use verification commands to make sure your configurations are complete.

Task 5: Identify layer 2 and layer 3 addresses used to switch packets. Step 1: Create a simple PDU ping packet •

Enter Simulation Mode.

•

Use the Add Simple PDU button to create a ping from PC1 to PC3.

•

Change “Edit Filters” so that only ICMP is simulated.

Step 2: Addresses at PC1 Record the addresses used by PC1 to send the ping packet to B1: Layer 3 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 3 Destination: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Destination: _________________________________________ Step 3: Addresses at B1 Record the addresses used by B1 to switch the ping packet to HQ: Layer 3 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 3 Destination: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Destination: _________________________________________ Step 4: Addresses at HQ Record the addresses used by HQ to switch the ping packet to B2: Layer 3 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 3 Destination: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Destination: _________________________________________ Step 5: Addresses at B2 Record the addresses used by B2 to switch the ping packet to PC3: Layer 3 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 3 Destination: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Source: _________________________________________ Layer 2 Destination: _________________________________________


Page 3 of 3

Lab 2.8.1: Basic Static Route Configuration Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.16.3.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.2.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.1.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

FA0/0

192.168.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.16.3.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.3.1

PC2

NIC

172.16.1.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.1.1

PC3

NIC

192.168.2.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.2.1

R1

R2

R3



•


•



Page 1 of 20

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: Static Routing

•

Lab 2.8.1: Basic Static Route Configuration

Interpret debug ip routing output.

•


•

Test connectivity.

•

Gather information to discover causes for lack of connectivity between devices.

•

Configure a static route using an intermediate address.

•

Configure a static route using an exit interface.

•

Compare a static route with intermediate address to a static route with exit interface.

•

Configure a default static route.

•

Configure a summary static route.

•

Document the network implementation.

Scenario In this lab activity, you will create a network that is similar to the one shown in the Topology Diagram. Begin by cabling the network as shown in the Topology Diagram. You will then perform the initial router configurations required for connectivity. Use the IP addresses that are provided in the Addressing Table to apply an addressing scheme to the network devices. After completing the basic configuration, test connectivity between the devices on the network. First test the connections between directly connected devices, and then test connectivity between devices that are not directly connected. Static routes must be configured on the routers for end-to-end communication to take place between the network hosts. You will configure the static routes that are needed to allow communication between the hosts. View the routing table after each static route is added to observe how the routing table has changed.

Task 1: Cable, Erase, and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. Step 2: Clear the configuration on each router. Clear the configuration on each of the routers using the erase startup-config command and then reload the routers. Answer no if asked to save changes.

Task 2: Perform Basic Router Configuration. Note: If you have difficulty with any of the commands in this task, see Lab 1.5.1: Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration. Step 1: Use global configuration commands. On the routers, enter global configuration mode and configure the basic global configuration commands including: •

hostname

•

no ip domain-lookup

•

enable secret

Step 2: Configure the console and virtual terminal line passwords on each of the routers. •

password

•

login


Page 2 of 20



Step 3: Add the logging synchronous command to the console and virtual terminal lines. This command is very helpful in both lab and production environments and uses the following syntax: Router(config-line)#logging synchronous To synchronize unsolicited messages and debug output with solicited Cisco IOS software output and prompts for a specific console port line, auxiliary port line, or virtual terminal line, we can use the logging synchronous line configuration command. In other words, the logging synchronous command prevents IOS messages delivered to the console or Telnet lines from interrupting your keyboard input. For example, you may have already experienced something similar to the following example: Note: Do not configure R1 interfaces yet. R1(config)#interface fastethernet 0/0 R1(config-if)#ip address 172.16.3.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#no shutdown R1(config-if)#descri *Mar 1 01:16:08.212: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up *Mar 1 01:16:09.214: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to upption R1(config-if)# The IOS sends unsolicited messages to the console when you activate an interface with the no shutdown command. However, the next command you enter (in this case, description) is interrupted by these messages. The logging synchronous command solves this problem by copying the command entered up to that point down to the next router prompt. R1(config)#interface fastethernet 0/0 R1(config-if)#ip address 172.16.3.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#no shutdown R1(config-if)#description *Mar 1 01:28:04.242: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up *Mar 1 01:28:05.243: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up R1(config-if)#description <-- Keyboard input copied after message R1 is shown here as an example. Add logging synchronous to the console and virtual terminal lines on all routers. R1(config)#line console 0 R1(config-line)#logging synchronous R1(config-line)#line vty 0 4 R1(config-line)#logging synchronous


Page 3 of 20



Step 4: Add the exec-timeout command to the console and virtual terminal lines. To set the interval that the EXEC command interpreter waits until user input is detected, we can use the exec-timeout line configuration command. If no input is detected during the interval, the EXEC facility resumes the current connection. If no connections exist, the EXEC facility returns the terminal to the idle state and disconnects the incoming session. This command allows you to control the amount of time a console or virtual terminal line can be idle before the session is terminated. The syntax follows: Router(config-line)#exec-timeout minutes [seconds] Syntax description: minutes—Integer that specifies the number of minutes. seconds—(Optional) Additional time intervals in seconds. In a lab environment, you can specify “no timeout” by entering the exec-timeout 0 0 command. This command is very helpful because the default timeout for lines is 10 minutes. However, for security purposes, you would not normally set lines to “no timeout” in a production environment. R1 is shown here as an example. Add exec-timeout 0 0 to console and virtual terminal lines on all routers. R1(config)#line console 0 R1(config-line)#exec-timeout 0 0 R1(config-line)#line vty 0 4 R1(config-line)#exec-timeout 0 0

Task 3: Interpreting Debug Output. Note: If you already configured IP addressing on R1, please remove all interface commands now before proceeding. R1, R2 and R3 should be configured through the end of Task 2 without any interface configurations. Step 1: On R1 from privileged EXEC mode, enter the debug ip routing command. R1#debug ip routing IP routing debugging is on The debug ip routing command shows when routes are added, modified, and deleted from the routing table. For example, every time you successfully configure and activate an interface, Cisco IOS adds a route to the routing table. We can verify this by observing output from the debug ip routing command. Step 2: Enter interface configuration mode for R1’s LAN interface. R1#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. R1(config)#interface fastethernet 0/0

End with CNTL/Z.

Configure the IP address as specified in the Topology Diagram. R1(config-if)#ip address 172.16.3.1 255.255.255.0 is_up: 0 state: 6 sub state: 1 line: 1 has_route: False


Page 4 of 20



As soon as you press the Enter key, Cisco IOS debug output informs you that there is now a route, but its state is False. In other words, the route has not yet been added to the routing table. Why did this occur and what steps should be taken to ensure that the route is entered into the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: Enter the command necessary to install the route in the routing table. If you are not sure what the correct command is, review the discussion in “Examining Router Interfaces” which is discussed in Section 2.2, “Router Configuration Review.” After you enter the correct command, you should see debug output. Your output may be slightly different from the example below. is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 1 has_route: False RT: add 172.16.3.0/24 via 0.0.0.0, connected metric [0/0] RT: NET-RED 172.16.3.0/24 RT: NET-RED queued, Queue size 1 RT: interface FastEthernet0/0 added to routing table %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 1 has_route: True %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, chan ged state to up is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 1 has_route: True is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 1 has_route: True The new network you configured on the LAN interface is now added to the routing table, as shown in the highlighted output. If you do not see the route added to the routing table, the interface did not come up. Use the following systematic process to troubleshoot your connection: 1. Check your physical connections to the LAN interface. Is the correct interface attached? ________ Your router may have more than one LAN interface. Did you connect the correct LAN interface? ________ An interface will not come up unless it detects a carrier detect signal at the Physical layer from another device. Is the interface connected to another device such as a hub, switch, or PC? ________ 2. Check link lights. Are all link lights blinking? ________ 3. Check the cabling. Are the correct cables connected to the devices? ________ 4. Has the interface been activated or enabled? ________ If you can answer yes to all the proceeding questions, the interface should come up.


Page 5 of 20



Step 4: Enter the command to verify that the new route is now in the routing table. Your output should look similar to the following output. There should now be one route in the table for R1. What command did you use? R1#______________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Step 5: Enter interface configuration mode for R1’s WAN interface connected to R2. R1#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. R1(config)#interface Serial 0/0/0

End with CNTL/Z.

Configure the IP address as specified in the Topology Diagram. R1(config-if)#ip address 172.16.2.1 255.255.255.0 is_up: 0 state: 0 sub state: 1 line: 0 has_route: False As soon as you press the Enter key, Cisco IOS debug output informs you that there is now a route, but its state is False. Because R1 is the DCE side of our lab environment, we must specify how fast the bits will be clocked between R1 and R2. Step 6: Enter the clock rate command on R1. You can specify any valid clocking speed. Use the ? to find the valid rates. Here, we used 64000 bps. R1(config-if)#clock rate 64000 is_up: 0 state: 0 sub state: 1 line: 0 has_route: False Some IOS versions display the output shown above every 30 seconds. Why is the state of the route still False? What step must you now take to make sure that the interface is fully configured? _______________________________________________________________________ Step 7: Enter the command necessary to ensure that the interface is fully configured. If you are not sure what the correct command is, review the discussion in “Examining Router Interfaces,” which is discussed in Section 2.2, “Router Configuration Review.” R1(config-if)#_____________________________ After you enter the correct command, you should see debug output similar to the following example: is_up: 0 state: 0 sub state: 1 line: 0 has_route: False %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to down


Page 6 of 20



Unlike configuring the LAN interface, fully configuring the WAN interface does not always guarantee that the route will be entered in the routing table, even if your cable connections are correct. The other side of the WAN link must also be configured. Step 8: If possible, establish a separate terminal session by consoling into R2 from another workstation. Doing this allows you to observe the debug output on R1 when you make changes on R2. You can also turn on debug ip routing on R2. R2#debug ip routing IP routing debugging is on Enter interface configuration mode for R2’s WAN interface connected to R1. R2#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. R2(config)#interface serial 0/0/0

End with CNTL/Z.

Configure the IP address as specified in the Topology Diagram. R2(config-if)#ip address 172.16.2.2 255.255.255.0 is_up: 0 state: 6 sub state: 1 line: 0 Step 9: Enter the command necessary to ensure that the interface is fully configured. If you are not sure what the correct command is, review the discussion in “Examining Router Interfaces,” which is discussed in Section 2.2, “Router Configuration Review.” R2(config-if)#_____________________________ After you enter the correct command, you should see debug output similar to the following example: is_up: 0 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 0 %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 0 RT: add 172.16.2.0/24 via 0.0.0.0, connected metric [0/0] RT: interface Serial0/0/0 added to routing table is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 0 %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up is_up: 1 state: 4 sub state: 1 line: 0 The new network that you configured on the LAN interface is now added to the routing table, as shown in the highlighted output. If you do not see the route added to the routing table, the interface did not come up. Use the following systematic process to troubleshoot your connection: 1. Check your physical connections between the two WAN interfaces for R1 and R2. Is the correct interface attached? ________ Your router has more than one WAN interface. Did you connect the correct WAN interface? ________ An interface will not come up unless it detects a link beat at the Physical layer from another device. Is the interface connected to the other router’s interface? ________ 2. Check link lights. Are all link lights blinking? ________ 3. Check the cabling. R1 must have the DCE side of the cable attached and R2 must have the DTE side of the cable attached. Are the correct cables connected to the routers? ________ 4. Has the interface been activated or enabled? ________ If you can answer yes to all the proceeding questions, the interface should come up.


Page 7 of 20



Step 10: Enter the command to verify that the new route is now in the routing table for R1 and R2. Your output should look similar to the following output. There should now be two routes in the routing table for R1 and one route in the table for R2. What command did you use? R1#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2 i - IS-IS, su - IS-IS summary, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2 ia - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, U - per-user static route o - ODR, P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C C

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

R2#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0

Step 11: Turn off debugging on both routers using either no debug ip routing or simply, undebug all. R1(config-if)#end R1#no debug ip routing IP routing debugging is off


Page 8 of 20



Task 4: Finish Configuring Router Interfaces Step 1: Configure Remaining R2 Interfaces Finish configuring the remaining interfaces on R2 according to the Topology Diagram and Addressing Table. Step 2: Configure R3 Interfaces Console into R3 and configure the necessary interfaces according to the Topology Diagram and Addressing Table.

Task 5: Configure IP Addressing on the Host PCs. Step 1: Configure the host PC2. Configure the host PC1 with an IP address of 172.16.3.10/24 and a default gateway of 172.16.3.1. Step 2: Configure the host PC2. Configure the host PC2 with an IP address of 172.16.1.10/24 and a default gateway of 172.16.1.1. Step 3: Configure the host PC3. Configure the host PC3 with an IP address of 192.168.2.10/24 and a default gateway of 192.168.2.1.

Task 6: Test and Verify the Configurations. Step 1: Test connectivity. Test connectivity by pinging from each host to the default gateway that has been configured for that host. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? ________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? ________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? ________ If the answer is no for any of these questions, troubleshoot the configurations to find the error using the following systematic process: 1. Check the cabling. Are the PCs physically connected to the correct router? ________ (Connection could be through a switch or directly) Are link lights blinking on all relevant ports? ________ 2. Check the PC configurations. Do they match the Topology Diagram? ________ 3. Check the router interfaces using the show ip interface brief command. Are all relevant interfaces up and up? ________ If your answer to all three steps is yes, you should be able to successfully ping the default gateway. Step 2: Use the ping command to test connectivity between directly connected routers. From the router R2, is it possible to ping R1 at 172.16.2.1? ________ From the router R2, is it possible to ping R3 at 192.168.1.1? ________


Page 9 of 20



If the answer is no for any of these questions, troubleshoot the configurations to find the error using the following systematic process: 1. Check the cabling. Are the routers physically connected? ________ Are link lights blinking on all relevant ports? ________ 2. Check the router configurations. Do they match the Topology Diagram? ________ Did you configure the clock rate command on the DCE side of the link? ________ 3. Has the interface been activated or enabled? ________ 4. Check the router interfaces using the show ip interface brief command. Are the interfaces up and up? ________ If your answer to all three steps is yes, you should be able to successfully ping from R2 to R1 and from R2 to R3.

Step 3: Use ping to check connectivity between devices that are not directly connected. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the host PC1? ________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the host PC2? ________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the host PC1? ________ From the router R1, is it possible to ping router R3? ________ These pings should all fail. Why? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

Task 7: Gather Information. Step 1: Check status of interfaces. Check the status of the interfaces on each router with the command show ip interface brief. The following output is for R2. R2#show ip interface brief Interface IP-Address FastEthernet0/0 172.16.1.1 FastEthernet0/1 unassigned Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.2 Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.2 Vlan1 unassigned

OK? YES YES YES YES YES

Method manual unset manual manual manual

Status Protocol up up administratively down down up up up up administratively down down

Are all of the relevant interfaces on each router activated (that is, in the up and up state)? ________ How many interfaces are activated on R1 and R3? _______ Why are there three activated interfaces on R2? __________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________




Step 2: View the routing table information for all three routers. R1#________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C C

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

What networks are present in the Topology Diagram but not in the routing table for R1? ____________________________________________________________________ R2#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set

C C C

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.16.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

What networks are present in the Topology Diagram but not in the routing table for R2? ____________________________________________________________________ R3#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set C C

192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

What networks are present in the Topology Diagram but not in the routing table for R3? ____________________________________________________________________




Why are all the networks not in the routing tables for each of the routers? _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________

What can be added to the network so that devices that are not directly connected can ping each other? _________________________________________________________________________

Task 8: Configure a Static Route Using a Next-Hop Address. Step 1: To configure static routes with a next-hop specified, use the following syntax: Router(config)# ip route network-address subnet-mask ip-address •

network-address:—Destination network address of the remote network to be added to the routing table.

•

subnet-mask—Subnet mask of the remote network to be added to the routing table. The subnet mask can be modified to summarize a group of networks.

•

ip-address—Commonly referred to as the next-hop router’s IP address.

On the R3 router, configure a static route to the 172.16.1.0 network using the Serial 0/0/1 interface of R2 as the next-hop address. R3(config)#ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.2 R3(config)# Step 2: View the routing table to verify the new static route entry. Notice that the route is coded with an S, which means that the route is a static route. R3#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set

S C C R3#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.1.0 [1/0] via 192.168.1.2 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

With this route entered in the routing table, any packet that matches the first 24 left-most bits of 172.16.1.0/24 will be forwarded to the next-hop router at 192.168.1.2. What interface will R3 use to forward packets to the 172.16.1.0/24 network? ____________ Assume that the following packets have arrived at R3 with the indicated destination addresses. Will R3 discard the packet or forward the packet? If R3 forwards the packet, with what interface will R3 send the packet?



Packet 1 2 3 4 5

Destination IP 172.16.2.1 172.16.1.10 192.168.1.2 172.16.3.10 192.16.2.10


Discard or Forward? _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Interface _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Although R3 will forward packets to destinations for which there is a route, this does not mean that a packet will arrive safely at the final destination. Step 3: Use ping to check connectivity between the host PC3 and the host PC2. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the host PC2? ________ These pings should fail. The pings will arrive at PC2 if you have configured and verified all devices through Task 6, “Gather Information.” PC2 will send a ping reply back to PC3. However, the ping reply will be discarded at R2 because the R2 does not have a return route to the 192.168.2.0 network in the routing table. Step 4: On the R2 router, configure a static route to reach the 192.168.2.0 network. What is the next-hop address to which R2 would send a packet destined for the 192.168.2.0/24 network? R2(config)#ip route 192.168.2.0 255.255.255.0 ________________ R2(config)# Step 5: View the routing table to verify the new static route entry. Notice that the route is coded with an S, which means the route is a static route. R2#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set

C C C S R2#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.16.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 [1/0] via 192.168.1.1

Step 6: Use ping to check connectivity between the host PC3 and the host PC2. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the host PC2? ________ This ping should be successful.




Task 9: Configure a Static Route Using an Exit Interface. To configure static routes with an exit interface specified, use the following syntax: Router(config)# ip route network-address subnet-mask exit-interface •

network-address—Destination network address of the remote network to be added to the routing table.

•

subnet-mask—Subnet mask of the remote network to be added to the routing table. The subnet mask can be modified to summarize a group of networks.

•

exit-interface—Outgoing interface that would be used in forwarding packets to the destination network.

Step 1: On the R3 router, configure a static route. On the R3 router, configure a static route to the 172.16.2.0 network using the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the R3 router as the exit interface. R3(config)# ip route 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 Serial0/0/1 R3(config)# Step 2: View the routing table to verify the new static route entry. R3#________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set

S S C C R3#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.16.1.0 [1/0] via 192.168.1.2 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Use the show running-config command to verify the static routes that are currently configured on R3. R3#show running-config Building configuration... ! hostname R3 ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Serial0/0/0 no ip address shutdown All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 14 of 20



! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 ! ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.2 ip route 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 Serial0/0/1 ! end How would you remove either of these routes from the configuration? _____________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: On the R2 router, configure a static route. On the R2 router, configure a static route to the 172.16.3.0 network using the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the R2 router as the exit interface. R2(config)# ip route 172.16.3.0 255.255.255.0 Serial0/0/0 R2(config)# Step 4: View the routing table to verify the new static route entry. R2#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is not set

C C S C S R2#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets 172.16.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 [1/0] via 192.168.1.1

At this point, R2 has a complete routing table with valid routes to all five networks shown in the Topology Diagram. Does this mean that R2 can receive ping replies from all destinations shown in the Topology Diagram? ________ Why or why not? _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Step 5: Use ping to check connectivity between the host PC2 and PC1. This ping should fail because the R1 router does not have a return route to the 172.16.1.0 network in the routing table.




Task 10: Configure a Default Static Route. In the previous steps, you configured the router for specific destination routes. But could you do this for every route on the Internet? No. The router and you would be overwhelmed. To minimize the size of the routing tables, add a default static route. A router uses the default static route when there is not a better, more specific route to a destination. Instead of filling the routing table of R1 with static routes, we could assume that R1 is a stub router. This means that R2 is the default gateway for R1. If R1 has packets to route that do not belong to any of R1 directly connected networks, R1 should send the packet to R2. However, we must explicitly configure R1 with a default route before it will send packets with unknown destinations to R2. Otherwise, R1 discards packets with unknown destinations. To configure a default static route, use the following syntax: Router(config)#ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 { ip-address | interface }

Step 1: Configure the R1 router with a default route. Configure the R1 router with a default route using the Serial 0/0/0 interface of R1 as the next-hop interface. R1(config)#ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.2.2 R1(config)#

Step 2: View the routing table to verify the new static route entry. R1#________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, * - candidate default U - per-user static route, o - ODR Gateway of last resort is 172.16.2.2 to network 0.0.0.0

C C S* R1#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 172.16.2.2

Note that the R1 router now has a default route, the gateway of last resort, and will send all unknown traffic out Serial 0/0/0, which is connected to R2. Step 3: Use ping to check connectivity between the host PC2 and PC1. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? ________ This ping should be successful this time because the R1 router can return the packet using the default route. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the host PC1? ________ Is there a route to the 172.16.3.0 network in the routing table on the R3 router? ________




Task 11: Configure a Summary Static Route. We could configure another static route on R3 for the 172.16.3.0 network. However, we already have two static routes to 172.16.2.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24. Because these networks are so close together, we can summarize them into one route. Again, doing this helps reduce the size of routing tables, which makes the route lookup process more efficient. nd

Looking at the three networks at the binary level, we can a common boundary at the 22 bit from the left. 172.16.1.0 172.16.2.0 172.16.3.0

10101100.00010000.00000001.00000000 10101100.00010000.00000010.00000000 10101100.00010000.00000011.00000000

The prefix portion will include 172.16.0.0, because this would be the prefix if we turned off all the bits to nd the right of the 22 bit. Prefix

172.16.0.0

To mask the first 22 left-most bits, we use a mask with 22 bits turned on from left to right: Bit Mask 11111111.11111111.11111100.00000000 This mask, in dotted-decimal format, is... Mask

255.255.252.0

Step 1: Configure the summary static route on the R3 router. The network to be used in the summary route is 172.16.0.0/22. R3(config)#ip route 172.16.0.0 255.255.252.0 192.168.1.2 Step 2: Verify that the summary route is installed in the routing table. R3#________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

S S S C C

172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 172.16.0.0/22 [1/0] via 192.168.1.2 172.16.1.0/24 [1/0] via 192.168.1.2 172.16.2.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Configuring a summary route on R3 did not remove the static routes configured earlier because these routes are more specific routes. They both use /24 mask, whereas the new summary will be using a /22 mask. To reduce the size of the routing table, we can now remove the more specific /24 routes. Step 3: Remove static routes on R3. Remove the two static routes that are currently configured on R3 by using the no form of the command. R3(config)#no ip route 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.2 R3(config)#no ip route 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 Serial0/0/0 All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 17 of 20



Step 4: Verify that the routes are no longer in the routing table. R3#_________________________________ Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

S C C

172.16.0.0/22 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.0.0 [1/0] via 192.168.1.2 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

R3 now only has one route to any host belonging to networks 172.16.0.0/24, 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.2.0/24, and 172.16.3.0/24. Traffic destined for these networks will be sent to R2 at 192.168.1.2. Step 5: Use ping to check connectivity between the host PC3 and PC1. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the host PC1? ________ This ping should be successful this time because there is a route to the 172.16.3.0 network on the R3 router, and the R1 router can return the packet using the default route.

Task 12: Summary, Reflection, and Documentation With the completion of this lab, you have: •

Configured your first network with a combination of static and default routing to provide full connectivity to all networks

•

Observed how a route is installed in the routing table when you correctly configure and activate and interface

•

Learned how to statically configure routes to destinations that are not directly connected

•

Learned how to configure a default route that is used to forward packets to unknown destinations

Learned how to summarize a group of networks into one static route to reduce the size of a routing table Along the way, you have also probably encountered some problems either in your physical lab setup or in your configurations. Hopefully, you have learned to systematically troubleshoot such problems. At this point, record any comments or notes that may help you in future labs. •

_____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________




Finally, you should document your network implementation. On each router, capture the following command output to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference. •

show running-config

•

show ip route

•


If you need to review the procedures for capturing command output, see Lab 1.5.1.


Task 14: Challenge In the following exercise, fill in the blanks to document the process as the ping travels from source to destination. If you need help with this exercise see Section 1.4, “Path Determination and Switching Function.” 1. The ICMP process on PC3 formulates a ping request to PC2 and sends the reply to the IP process. 2. The IP process on PC3 encapsulates the ping packet with a source IP address of ________________ and destination IP address of ________________. 3. PC3 then frames the packet with the source MAC address of (indicate device name) ___ _____ and the destination MAC address of (indicate device name) ______ ________. 4. Next, PC3 sends the frame out on the media as an encoded bit stream. 5. R3 receives the bit stream on its _____________ interface. Because the destination MAC address matches the receiving interface’s MAC address, R3 strips off the Ethernet header. 6. R3 looks up the destination network address _______________ in its routing table. This destination has a next-hop IP address of ________________. The next-hop IP address is reachable out interface _____________. 7. R3 encapsulates the packet in an HDLC frame and forwards the frame out the correct interface. (Because this is a point-to-point link, no address is needed. However, the address field in the HDLC packet contains the value 0x8F.) 8. R2 receives the frame on the ____________ interface. Because the frame is HDLC, R2 strips off the header and looks up the network address __________________ in its routing table. This destination address is directly connected to the ___________ interface. 9. R2 encapsulates the ping request in a frame with the source MAC address of (indicated device name) ____ _____ and the destination MAC address of (indicate device name) ________. 10. R2 then sends the frame out on the media as an encoded bit stream. 11. PC2 receives the bit stream on its ___________ interface. Because the destination MAC address matches the MAC address of PC2, PC2 strips off the Ethernet header. 12. The IP process on PC2 examines the ___________ IP address to make sure that it matches its own IP address. Then PC2 passes the data to the ICMP process. 13. The ICMP process on PC2 formulates a ping reply to PC3 and sends the reply to the IP process. 14. The IP process on PC2 encapsulates the ping packet with a source IP address of ________________ and destination IP address of _______________.




15. PC2 then frames the packet with the source MAC address of (indicate device name) ________ and the destination MAC address of (indicate device name) _________. 16. PC2 then sends the frame out on the media as an encoded bit stream. 17. R2 receives the bit stream on its _____________ interface. Because the destination MAC address matches the receiving interface’s MAC address, R2 strips off the Ethernet header. 18. R2 looks up the destination network address _______________ in its routing table. This destination has a next-hop IP address of _____________. The next-hop IP address is reachable out interface ____________. 19. R2 encapsulates the packet in an HDLC frame and forwards the frame out the correct interface. (Because this is a point-to-point link, no address is needed. However, the address field in the HDLC packet contains the value 0x8F.) 20. R3 receives the frame on the ___________ interface. Because the frame is HDLC, R3 strips off the header and looks up the destination network address ____________ in its routing table. This destination address is directly connected to the ______________ interface. 21. R3 encapsulates the ping request in a frame with the source MAC address of (indicated device name) ________ and the destination MAC address of (indicate device name) ________. 22. R3 then sends the frame out on the media as an encoded bit stream. 23. PC3 receives the bit stream on its ______________ interface. Because the destination MAC address matches the MAC address of PC3, PC3 strips off the Ethernet header. 24. The IP process on PC3 examines the _______ IP address to make sure that it matches its own IP address. Then PC3 passes the data to the ICMP process. 25. ICMP sends a “success” message to the requesting application.


Lab 2.8.2: Challenge Static Route Configuration Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Device BRANCH

HQ

ISP

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.224

N/A

S/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

209.165.200.253

255.255.255.224

209.165.200.225

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

Web Server

NIC



•


•


•



Page 1 of 7


Lab 2.8.2: Challenge Static Route Configuration

•


•


•

Determine appropriate static, summary, and default routes.

•


•


Scenario In this lab activity, you will be given a network address that must be subnetted to complete the addressing of the network shown in the Topology Diagram. The addressing for the LAN connected to the ISP router and the link between the HQ and ISP routers has already been completed. Static routes will also need to be configured so that hosts on networks that are not directly connected will be able to communicate with each other.

Task 1: Subnet the Address Space. Step 1: Examine the network requirements. The addressing for the LAN connected to the ISP router and the link between the HQ and ISP routers has already been completed. You have been given the 192.168.2.0/24 address space to complete the network design. Subnet this network to provide enough IP addresses to support 60 hosts. Step 2: Consider the following questions when creating your network design: How many subnets need to be created from the 192.168.2.0/24 network? __________ What are the network addresses of the subnets? Subnet 0: ________________________________________ Subnet 1: ________________________________________ Subnet 2: ________________________________________ Subnet 3: ________________________________________ What is the subnet mask for these networks in dotted decimal format? __________________________ What is the subnet mask for the network in slash format? __________ How many usable hosts are there per subnet? __________ Step 3: Assign subnetwork addresses to the Topology Diagram. 1. Assign subnet 1 to the LAN attached to HQ. 2. Assign subnet 2 to the WAN link between HQ and BRANCH. 3. Assign subnet 3 to the LAN attached to BRANCH. 4. Subnet 0 will be available for future expansion.

Task 2: Determine Interface Addresses. Step 1: Assign appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. 1. Assign the first valid host address in subnet 1 to the LAN interface on HQ. 2. Assign the last valid host address in subnet 1 to PC2. 3. Assign the first valid host address in subnet 2 to the WAN interface on BRANCH. 4. Assign the second valid host address in subnet 2 to the WAN interface on HQ. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 7



5. Assign the first valid host address in subnet 3 to the LAN interface of BRANCH. 6. Assign the last valid host address in subnet 3 to PC1. Step 2: Document the addresses to be used in the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 3: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces as shown in the topology. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.

Task 4: Perform Basic Router Configurations. Perform basic configuration of the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6. Configure a password for VTY connections. 7. Synchronize unsolicited messages and debug output with solicited output and prompts for the console and virtual terminal lines. 8. Configure an EXEC timeout of 15 minutes.

Task 5: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure the interfaces on the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers. Configure the interfaces on the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers with the IP addresses from the table provided under the Topology Diagram. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 2: Configure the Ethernet interfaces. Configure the Ethernet interfaces on PC1, PC2, and the Web Server with the IP addresses from the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 6: Verify Connectivity to Next-Hop Device. You should not have connectivity between end devices yet. However, you can test connectivity between two routers and between and end device and its default gateway. Step 1: Verify BRANCH and HQ connectivity. Verify that BRANCH can ping across the WAN link to HQ and that HQ can ping across the WAN link that it shares with ISP.


Page 3 of 7



Step 2: Verify PC1, PC2, and Web Server connectivity. Verify that PC1, PC2, and the Web Server can ping their respective default gateways.

Task 7: Configure Static Routing on BRANCH. Step 1: Consider the type of static routing that is needed on BRANCH. What networks are present in the BRANCH routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What networks are missing from the BRANCH routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________

Can one summary route that includes all of the missing networks be created? __________ How many WAN routes are available to traffic leaving the LAN connected to BRANCH? __________ Step 2 Configure BRANCH with a default static route pointing to HQ. Because BRANCH is a stub router, we should configure BRANCH with a default static route pointing to HQ. Record the command to configure a default static route using the appropriate exit interface. ________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3 View the routing table of BRANCH to verify the new static route entry. You should see a Gateway of Last Resort set on BRANCH. Without testing it first, do you think that PC1 can now successfully ping PC2? __________ Why or why not? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Task 8: Configure Static Routing on HQ. Step 1: Consider the type of static routing that is needed on HQ. What networks are present in the HQ routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________


Page 4 of 7



What networks are missing from the HQ routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Can one summary route that includes all of the missing networks be created? __________ HQ is in a unique position as the hub router in this hub-and-spoke topology. Traffic from the BRANCH LAN destined for the Internet must pass through HQ. HQ must be able to send any traffic for which it does not have a router to ISP. What kind of route would you need to configure on HQ to solve this problem? ___________________________________________________________________________________ HQ is also the intermediary for any traffic from the Internet destined for the BRANCH LAN. Therefore, HQ must be able to route to that LAN. What kind of route would you need to configure on HQ to solve this problem? ___________________________________________________________________________________ Step 2: Configure HQ with a static route. Configure HQ with a static route to the BRANCH LAN using the Serial 0/0/0 interface of HQ as the exit interface. Record the command that you used. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3: Configure HQ with a default static route. Configure the HQ router with a default static route pointing to ISP using the next-hop IP address. Record the command you used. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Step 4: View the routing table of HQ to verify the new static route entries. Without testing it first, do you think that PC1 can now successfully ping PC2? __________ Why or why not? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Without testing it first, do you think that PC1 or PC2 can now successfully ping the Web Server? __________ Why or why not? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Task 9: Configure Static Routing on ISP. In a real-world implementation of this topology, you would not be configuring the ISP router. However, your service provider is an active partner in solving your connectivity needs. Service provider administrators are human, too, and make mistakes. Therefore, it is important that you understand the types of errors an ISP could make that would cause your networks to lose connectivity.


Page 5 of 7



Step 1: Consider the type of static routing that is needed on ISP. What networks are present in the ISP routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What networks are missing from the ISP routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________

Can one summary route that includes all of the missing networks be created? __________ Step 2: Configure ISP with a summary static route. Using the next-hop IP address, configure ISP with a summary static route that includes all of the subnets that are missing from the routing table. Record the command that you used. ________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3: View the routing table of R3 to verify the new static route entry.

Task 10: Verify the Configurations. Answer the following questions to verify that the network is operating as expected: From PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From PC2, is it possible to ping the Web Server? __________ From PC1, is it possible to ping the Web Server? __________ The answer to these questions should be yes. If any of the above pings failed, check your physical connections and configurations. For a review of basic troubleshooting techniques, see Lab 1.5.1, “Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration.” What routes are present in the routing table of BRANCH? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________

What routes are present in the routing table of HQ? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________


Page 6 of 7



What routes are present in the routing table of ISP? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________

Task 11: Reflection If a default static route was not configured on BRANCH, how many individual static routes would be needed for hosts on the BRANCH LAN to communicate with all of the networks in the Topology Diagram? __________ If a summary static route was not configured on R3, how many individual static routes would be needed for hosts on the R3 LAN to communicate with all of the networks in the Topology Diagram? __________

Task 12: Document the Router Configurations On each router, capture the following command output to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference. •


•

Routing table

•

Interface summarization



Page 7 of 7

Lab 2.8.3: Troubleshooting Static Routes Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.20.1.129

255.255.255.128

N/A

S0/0/0

172.20.1.1

255.255.255.128

N/A

Fa0/0

172.20.0.129

255.255.255.128

N/A

S0/0/0

172.20.1.2

255.255.255.128

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.38.254

255.255.255.252

N/A

FA0/0

192.168.39.65

255.255.255.192

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.38.253

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.20.1.135

255.255.255.128

172.20.1.129

PC2

NIC

172.20.0.135

255.255.255.128

172.20.0.129

Web Server

NIC

192.168.39.70

255.255.255.192

192.168.39.65

BRANCH

HQ

ISP



•


•

Load the routers with supplied scripts.

•

Discover points where the network is not converged.


Page 1 of 9


•

Gather information about errors in the network.

•

Propose solutions to network errors.

•

Implement solutions to network errors.

•

Document the corrected network.

Lab 2.8.3: Troubleshooting Static Routes

Scenario In this lab, you will begin by loading configuration scripts on each of the routers. These scripts contain errors that will prevent end-to-end communication across the network. You will need to troubleshoot each router to determine the configuration errors, and then use the appropriate commands to correct the configurations. When you have corrected all of the configuration errors, all of the hosts on the network should be able to communicate with each other.

Task 1: Cable, Erase, and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. Step 2: Clear the configuration on each router. Clear the configuration on each of routers using the erase startup-config command and then reload the routers. Answer no if asked to save changes.

Task 2: Load Routers with the Supplied Scripts. Step 1: Load the following script onto the BRANCH router: hostname BRANCH ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.20.1.129 255.255.255.128 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 172.20.1.1 255.255.255.128 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.20.0.129 ! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end


Page 2 of 9



Step 2: Load the following script onto the HQ router: hostname HQ ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.20.0.129 255.255.255.128 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 172.20.1.2 255.255.255.128 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 192.168.38.254 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! ip route 192.168.39.64 255.255.255.192 192.168.38.253 ! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end Step 3: Load the following script onto the ISP router: hostname ISP ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 192.168.39.65 255.255.255.192 ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 192.168.38.253 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! ip route 172.20.0.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.38.254 ! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 9



Task 3: Troubleshoot the BRANCH Router. Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the host connected to the BRANCH router. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Web Server on the ISP LAN? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _______ Step 2: Examine the BRANCH router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

If there are any problems with the status of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the static routing configuration on the BRANCH router. Begin by viewing the routing table. What routes are shown in the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 9



If there are any problems with the routing table, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view routing table again. Does the information in the routing table indicate any configuration errors? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the routing table again. Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the web server on the ISP LAN? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0 interface of HQ? _______

Task 4: Troubleshoot the HQ Router. Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the host connected to the HQ router. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Web Server on the ISP LAN? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _______ Step 2: Examine the HQ router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the status of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 5 of 9



Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the static routing configuration on the HQ router. Begin by viewing the routing table. What routes are shown in the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing table, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the routing table again. Does the information in the routing table indicate any configuration errors? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the routing table again. Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the ISP router? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Web Server on the ISP LAN? _______


Page 6 of 9



Task 5: Troubleshoot the ISP Router. Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the host connected to the ISP router. From the Web Server on the ISP LAN, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the Web Server on the ISP LAN, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the Web Server on the ISP LAN, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _______ Step 2: Examine the ISP router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the status of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the static routing configuration on the ISP router. Begin by viewing the routing table. What routes are shown in the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 9



If there are any problems with the routing table, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view routing table again. Does the information in the routing table indicate any configuration errors? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the routing table again. Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the Web Server on the ISP LAN, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the Web Server on the ISP LAN, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the Web Server on the ISP LAN, is it possible to the WAN interface of the BRANCH router? _______

Task 6: Reflection There were a number of configuration errors in the scripts that were provided for this lab. Use the space below to write a brief description of the errors that you found. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 8 of 9




show running-config

•

show ip route

•


If you need to review the procedures for capturing command output, see Lab 1.5.1, “Cabling a Network and Basic Router Configuration.”


Page 9 of 9

2.9.1: Packet Tracer Skills Integration Challenge Activity Objectives •

Cable the devices.

•


•

Configure static and default routing

•

Test connectivity and examine the configuration

Scenario This activity focuses on basic device configurations and static routing. The addressing scheme has already been determined. Once you have configured all devices, you will test for end to end connectivity and examine your configuration.

Task 1: Cable the devices. Cable the networks according to the topology taking care that interfaces match the labels shown in the activity. HQ is the DCE side of both WAN links.

Task 2: Apply a basic configuration. Configure the routers with basic configurations including addressing. •

For the WAN links, assign the first address to HQ and the second address to the other router

•

For the LANs, assign the first address to the router interface and the .10 address to the PCs.

•

Use cisco as the line passwords and class as the secret password.

•

Use 64000 as the clock rate.

Task 3: Configure static and default routing •

HQ should have exactly two static routes.

•

B1 and B2 should have one default route.

Task 4: Test connectivity and examine the configuration. Step 1: Test connectivity. •

You should now have end-to-end connectivity. Use ping to test connectivity across the network

•

Troubleshoot until pings are successful.



Page 1 of 1

Activity 3.5.2: Subnetting Scenario 1 Topology Diagram


HQ

BRANCH1

BRANCH2

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

PC4

NIC

PC5

NIC


Page 1 of 4

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: Introduction to Dynamic Routing Protocols

Activity 3.5.2: Subnetting Scenario 1


Determine the number of subnets needed.

•

Determine the number of hosts needed.

•

Design an appropriate addressing scheme.

•

Assign addresses and subnet mask pairs to device interfaces and hosts.

•

Examine the use of the available network address space.

•

Determine how static routing could be applied to the network.

Scenario In this lab, you have been given the network address 192.168.9.0/24 to subnet and provide the IP addressing for the network shown in the Topology Diagram. The network has the following addressing requirements: •

The BRANCH1 LAN 1 will require 10 host IP addresses.

•


•


•


•

The HQ LAN will require 20 host IP addresses.

•

The link from HQ to BRANCH1 will require an IP address for each end of the link.

•


Task 1: Examine the Network Requirements. Examine the network requirements and answer the questions below. Keep in mind that IP addresses will be needed for each of the LAN interfaces. How many subnets are needed? __________ What is the maximum number of IP addresses that are needed for a single subnet? __________ How many IP addresses are needed for each of the branch LANs? __________ What is the total number of IP addresses that are needed? __________

Task 2: Design an IP Addressing Scheme. Step 1: Subnet the 192.168.9.0 network into the appropriate number of subnets. What will the subnet mask be for the subnetworks? __________________________ How many usable host IP addresses are there per subnet? __________ Fill in the following chart with the subnet information. Subnet Number 0 1 2 3 4

Subnet Address

First Usable Host Address

Last Usable Host Address


Broadcast Address

Page 2 of 4


Subnet Number 5 6 7

Subnet Address


First Usable Host Address

Last Usable Host Address

Broadcast Address

Step 2: Assign the subnets to the network shown in the Topology Diagram. When assigning the subnets, keep in mind that routing will need to occur to allow information to be sent throughout the network. The subnets will be assigned to the networks to allow for route summarization on each of the routers. 1. Assign subnet 1 to the BRANCH2 LAN 2: ____________________ 2. Assign subnet 2 to BRANCH2 LAN 1 subnet address: ____________________ 3. Assign subnet 3 to link from HQ to BRANCH2 subnet address: ____________________ 4. Assign subnet 4 to HQ LAN subnet address: ____________________ 5. Assign subnet 5 to link from HQ to BRANCH1 subnet address: ____________________ 6. Assign subnet 6 to BRANCH1 LAN 2 subnet address: ____________________ 7. Assign subnet 7 to BRANCH1 LAN 1 subnet address: ____________________

Task 3: Assign IP Addresses to the Network Devices Assign the appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. Document the addresses to be used in the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram. Step 1: Assign addresses to the HQ router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in link from HQ to BRANCH1 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in link from HQ to BRANCH2 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 2: Assign addresses to the BRANCH1 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the BRANCH1 LAN 1 subnet to the Fa0/0 LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in the BRANCH1 LAN 2 subnet to the Fa0/1 LAN interface. 3. Assign the last valid host address in link from HQ to BRANCH1 subnet to the WAN interface. Step 3: Assign addresses to the BRANCH2 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the BRANCH2 LAN 1 subnet to the Fa0/0 LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in the BRANCH2 LAN 2 subnet to the Fa0/1 LAN interface. 3. Assign the last valid host address in link from HQ to BRANCH2 subnet to the WAN interface. Step 4: Assign addresses to the host PCs. 1. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ LAN subnet to PC1. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the BRANCH1 LAN 1 subnet to PC2. 3. Assign the last valid host address in the BRANCH1 LAN 2 subnet to PC3. 4. Assign the last valid host address in the BRANCH2 LAN 1 subnet to PC4. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 4



5. Assign the last valid host address in the BRANCH2 LAN 2 subnet to PC5.

Task 4: Test the Network Design. Apply your addressing scheme to the Packet Tracer file that has been supplied with this lab. Check to see that all devices on directly connected networks can ping each other.

Task 5: Reflection How many IP address in the 192.168.9.0 network are wasted in this design? __________ What would the command be to add a default static route on the WAN interface of the BRANCH1 router? ___________________________________________________________________________________ Can both of the BRANCH1 LANs be summarized into one route on the HQ router? _________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ Can both of the BRANCH2 LANs be summarized into one route on the HQ router? __________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ Can the HQ LAN and both of the BRANCH1 LANs be summarized into one route on the BRANCH2 router? This summarized route should also include the link between the HQ and BRANCH1 routers. __________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 4 of 4



Page 1 of 7




HQ

Interface

East

Branch 1

Branch 2

Branch 3

Branch 4

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

S0/0/2

West

IP Address

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.224

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

S0/0/2

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

S0/0/2

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

PC4

NIC

PC5

NIC

PC6

NIC

PC7

NIC


Page 2 of 7





•


•


•

Assign addresses and subnet mask pairs to device interfaces and hosts.

•


•

Determine how static routing could be applied to the network.


The Branch 1 LAN will require 100 host IP addresses.

•


•


•


•

The West LAN will require 400 hosts.

•

The East LAN will require 400 hosts.

•


• The links between each of the routers will require an IP address for each end of the link. The IP addresses for the link from the HQ router to the ISP have already been assigned. The Serial 0/2 address of the HQ router is 209.165.200.226/27. The IP address of the Serial 0/0 of the ISP router is 209.165.200.227/27.

Task 1: Examine the Network Requirements. Examine the network requirements and answer the questions below. Keep in mind that IP addresses will be needed for each of the LAN interfaces. How many subnets are needed? __________ What is the maximum number of IP addresses that are needed for a single subnet? __________ How many IP addresses are needed for each of the branch LANs? __________ How many IP addresses are needed for all of the connections between routers? __________ What is the total number of IP addresses that are needed? __________

Task 2: Design an IP Addressing Scheme. Step 1: Subnet the 172.16.0.0 network into the appropriate number of subnets. What will the subnet mask be for the subnetworks? _________________________ How many usable host IP addresses are there per subnet? __________


Page 3 of 7



Fill in the following chart with the subnet information. Subnet Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Subnet IP

First Usable Host IP

Last Usable Host IP

Broadcast Address

Step 2: Assign the subnets to the network shown in the Topology Diagram. When assigning the subnets, keep in mind that routing will need to occur to allow information to be sent throughout the network. The subnets will be assigned to the networks to allow for route summarization on each of the routers. 1. Assign subnet 1 to the Branch 1 LAN subnet: ____________________ 2. Assign subnet 2 to the Branch 2 LAN subnet: ____________________ 3. Assign subnet 3 to the link between the Branch 1 and Branch 2 routers: ____________________ 4. Assign subnet 4 to the link between the Branch 1 and West routers: ____________________ 5. Assign subnet 5 to the link between the Branch 2 and West routers: ____________________ 6. Assign subnet 6 to the West LAN subnet: ____________________ 7. Assign subnet 7 to the link between the West and HQ routers: ____________________ 8. Assign subnet 8 to the HQ LAN subnet: ____________________ 9. Assign subnet 9 to the link between the HQ and East routers: ____________________ 10. Assign subnet 10 to the East LAN subnet: ____________________ 11. Assign subnet 11 to the link between the Branch 3 and East routers: ____________________ 12. Assign subnet 12 to the link between the Branch 4 and East routers: ____________________ 13. Assign subnet 13 to the link between the Branch 3 and Branch 4 routers: ___________________ 14. Assign subnet 14 to the Branch 3 subnet: ____________________ 15. Assign subnet 15 to the Branch 4 subnet: ____________________


Page 4 of 7



Task 3: Assign IP Addresses to the Network Devices. Assign the appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. Document the addresses to be used in the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram. Step 1: Assign addresses to the HQ router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in the link from HQ to West subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the link from HQ to East subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 2: Assign addresses to the West router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the West LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the link from HQ to West subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the link from West to Branch 1 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. 4. Assign the first valid host address in the link from West to Branch 2 subnet to the S0/0/2 interface. Step 3 Assign addresses to the East router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the East LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the link from HQ to East subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the link from East to Branch 3 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. 4. Assign the first valid host address in the link from East to Branch 4 subnet to the S0/0/2 interface. Step 4 Assign addresses to the Branch 1 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch 1 LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the link from West to Branch 1 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the link from Branch 1 to Branch 2 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 5 Assign addresses to the Branch 2 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch 2 LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the link from West to Branch 2 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the last valid host address in the link from Branch 1 to Branch 2 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 6 Assign addresses to the Branch 3 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch 3 LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the link from East to Branch 3 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the link from Branch 3 to Branch 4 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface.


Page 5 of 7



Step 7 Assign addresses to the Branch 4 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch 4 LAN subnet to the LAN interface. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the link from East to Branch 4 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 3. Assign the last valid host address in the link from Branch 3 to Branch 4 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 8 Assign addresses to the host PCs 1. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ LAN subnet to PC1. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the West LAN subnet to PC2. 3. Assign the last valid host address in the East 1 LAN subnet to PC3. 4. Assign the last valid host address in the Branch 1 LAN subnet to PC4. 5. Assign the last valid host address in the Branch 2 LAN subnet to PC5. 6. Assign the last valid host address in the Branch 3 LAN subnet to PC6. 7. Assign the last valid host address in the Branch 4 LAN subnet to PC7.

Task 4: Test the Network Design. Apply your addressing scheme to the Packet Tracer file that has been supplied with this lab. Check to see that all devices on directly connected networks can ping each other.

Task 5: Reflection How many IP address in the 172.16.0.0 network are wasted in this design? __________ What would the command be to add a default static route for your entire network design from the HQ router to the ISP router? ___________________________________________________________________________________ Can the West, Branch 1, and Branch 2 networks be summarized into one route on the HQ router? This summarized route should also include the serial links that connect the West, Branch 1, and Branch 2 routers. __________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ Can the East, Branch 3, and Branch 4 networks be summarized into one route on the HQ router? This summarized route should also include the serial links that connect the East, Branch 3, and Branch 4 routers. __________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________

What would the command be to add a default static route on the West router to send traffic for all unknown destinations to the HQ router? ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 6 of 7



What would the command be to add a default static route on the East router to send traffic for all unknown destinations to the HQ router? ___________________________________________________________________________________

Can the Branch 1 and Branch 2 networks be summarized into one route on the West router? This summarized route should also include the serial link that connects the Branch 1 and Branch 2 routers. __________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? Use the S0/0/1 interface of the West router as the exit interface. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Can the Branch 3 and Branch 4 networks be summarized into one route on the East router? This summarized route should also include the serial link that connects the Branch 3 and Branch 4 routers. __________ What would be the command used to add this summary route to the routing table? Use the S0/0/1 interface of the East router as the exit interface. ___________________________________________________________________________________ The Branch 1 router requires a static route for traffic destined for Branch 2. All other traffic should be sent to the West router using a default static route. What commands would be used to accomplish this? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

The Branch 2 router requires a static route for traffic destined for Branch 1. All other traffic should be sent to the West router using a default static route. What commands would be used to accomplish this? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

The Branch 3 router requires a static route for traffic destined for Branch 4. All other traffic should be sent to the East router using a default static route. What commands would be used to accomplish this? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ The Branch 4 router requires a static route for traffic destined for Branch 3. All other traffic should be sent to the East router using a default static route. What commands would be used to accomplish this? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 7



HQ

BRANCH1

BRANCH2

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

PC4

NIC

PC5

NIC


Page 1 of 3





•


•


•

Conduct research to find a possible solution.



•


•


•


•


•


•


•

The link from HQ to Branch 3 will require an IP address for each end of the link.

Task 1: Examine the Network Requirements. Examine the network requirements and answer the questions below. Keep in mind that IP addresses will be needed for each of the LAN interfaces. How many subnets are needed? __________ What is the maximum number of IP addresses that are needed for a single subnet? __________ How many IP addresses are needed for each of the branch LANs? __________ What is the total number of IP addresses that are needed? __________

Task 2: Design an IP Addressing Scheme Subnet the 192.168.1.0/24 network into the appropriate number of subnets. Can the 192.168.1.0/24 network be subnetted to fit the network requirements? __________ If the “number of subnets” requirement is met, what is the maximum number of hosts per subnet? __________ If the “maximum number of hosts” requirement is met, what is the number of subnets that will be available to use? __________


Page 2 of 3



Task 3: Reflection You do not have enough address space to implement an addressing scheme. Research this problem and propose a possible solution. Increasing the size of your original address space is not an acceptable solution. (Hint: We will discuss solutions to this problem in Chapter 6.)

____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Attempt to implement your solution using Packet Tracer. Successful implementation of a solution requires that: •

Only the 192.168.1.0/24 address space is used.

•

PCs and routers can ping all IP addresses.


Page 3 of 3



Page 1 of 4




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

S0/0/0

10.0.0.1

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

10.0.0.5

255.255.255.252

S0/1/0

10.0.0.9

255.255.255.252

S0/1/1

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

10.0.0.2

255.255.255.252

10.0.0.6

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

10.0.0.10

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0 Fa0/1 HQ

Fa0/0 Fa0/1 B1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3

Fa1/0 Fa1/1

ISP Web Server

Objectives •


•


•


•

Configure static and default routing.

•



Page 2 of 4



Task 1: Design and document an addressing scheme. Step 1: Design an addressing scheme. Based on the network requirements shown in the topology, design an appropriate addressing scheme. •

The HQ, B1, B2, and B3 routers each have an address space. Subnet the address space based on the host requirements.

•

For each address space, assign subnet zero to the Fa0/0 LAN, subnet 1 to the Fa0/1, and so on.


Use the table provided in the printed instructions to document the IP addresses and subnet masks. Assign the first IP address to the router interface.

•

For the WAN links, assign the first IP address to HQ.

Task 2: Select equipment and cable devices. Step 1: Select the necessary equipment. Select the remaining devices you will need and add them to the working space inside Packet Tracer. Use the interface labels as a guide as to where to place the devices. Step 2: Finish cabling the devices. Cable the networks according to the topology taking care that interfaces match the topology and your documentation in Task 1. HQ is the DCE side for B1, B2 and B3. ISP is the DCE for the link to HQ.

Task 3: Apply a basic configuration. Using your documentation, configure the routers with basic configurations including addressing. Use cisco as the line passwords and class as the secret password. Use 64000 as the clock rate.

Task 4: Configure static and default routing Configure static and default routing using the exit interface argument. •

HQ should have three static routes and one default route.

•

B1, B2, and B3 should have one default route.

•

ISP should have seven static routes. This will include the three WAN links between HQ and the branch routers B1, B2, and B3.


Page 3 of 4



Task 5: Test connectivity and examine the configuration. Step 1: Test connectivity. You should now have end-to-end connectivity. Use ping to test connectivity across the network. Each router should be able to ping all other router interfaces and the Web Server. Use extended ping to test LAN connectivity to the Web Server. For example, the test the Fa0/0 interface on B1, you would do the following: B1#ping Protocol [ip]: Target IP address: 209.165.200.226 Repeat count [5]: Datagram size [100]: Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: yes Source address or interface: 192.168.1.1 Type of service [0]: Set DF bit in IP header? [no]: Validate reply data? [no]: Data pattern [0xABCD]: Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: Sweep range of sizes [n]: Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 209.165.200.226, timeout is 2 seconds: Packet sent with a source address of 192.168.1.1 !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 67/118/138 ms Troubleshoot until pings are successful. Step 2: Examine the configuration. Use verification commands to make sure your configurations are complete.


Page 4 of 4

Lab 4.6.1: Routing Table Interpretation Lab Addressing Table Device

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

HQ

BRANCH1

BRANCH2


Interpret router outputs.

•

Identify the IP addresses for each router.

•

Draw a diagram of the network topology.

•

Cable and configure a network based on the topology diagram.

•

Test and verify full connectivity.

•


Scenario In this lab activity, you must recreate a network based only on the outputs from the show ip route command. Match the addresses to the corresponding interfaces and enter the information in the above address table. Configure the routers and verify connectivity. When complete, the outputs from the show ip route must be exactly the same as the supplied outputs. The show ip route command displays the current state of the routing table.


Page 1 of 5

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: Distance Vector Routing Protocols

Lab 4.6.1: Routing Table Interpretation Lab

Task 1: Examine the router outputs. Step 1: Examine the output from the HQ router. HQ#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B – BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E – EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o – ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C C R R R C C C R R R

10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.10.10.252 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.100.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.254, 00:00:03, 192.168.2.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.254, 00:00:03, 192.168.3.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.254, 00:00:03, 192.168.4.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 192.168.5.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback1 192.168.6.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback2 192.168.7.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.100.2, 00:00:04, 192.168.8.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.100.2, 00:00:04, 192.168.9.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.100.2, 00:00:04,

Serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0

Serial0/0/1 Serial0/0/1 Serial0/0/1

Step 2: Examine the output from the BRANCH1 router. BRANCH1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B – BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E – EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o – ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C R C C C R R R R R R

10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.10.10.252 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 [120/1] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback1 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback2 192.168.4.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.6.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.7.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.8.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.9.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.253, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0


Page 2 of 5



Step 3: Examine the output from the BRANCH2 router. BRANCH2#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B – BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E – EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o – ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set R C R R R R R R C C C

10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 172.16.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.100.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 [120/2] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 192.168.3.0/24 [120/2] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 192.168.4.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 192.168.6.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.100.1, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 192.168.7.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 192.168.8.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback1 192.168.9.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback2

Task 2: Create a diagram of the network based on the router outputs. Step 1: Draw a diagram of the network based on your interpretation of the router outputs in the space provided below.

Topology Diagram


Page 3 of 5



Step 2: Document the interface addresses in the Addressing Table.

Task 3: Create the network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers. Step 3: Configure the HQ, BRANCH1, and BRANCH2 routers. Configure the interfaces on the HQ, BRANCH1, and BRANCH2 routers with the IP addresses from the Addressing Table. The clock rate, DTE assignment, and DCE assignment of the Serial interfaces are at your discretion.

Task 4: Configure the routing protocol for each router. Step 1: Enable the RIP routing protocol on the BRANCH1 router. The RIP routing protocol will be used to advertise directly connected networks to the other routers in the topology. RIP configuration will be covered in greater detail in a later lab activity. The basic configuration steps necessary for this lab activity are provided below. To enable RIP, enter global configuration mode and use the router rip command. BRANCH1(config)#router rip BRANCH1(config-router)#

Step 2: Enter the classful network addresses for each directly connected network. Once you are in routing configuration mode, enter the classful network address for each directly connected network, using the network command. An example of the use of the network command is provided below. BRANCH1(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 BRANCH1(config-router)# Be sure to configure a network statement for each network that is attached to a Serial or Loopback interface of the router. When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM. BRANCH1(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console BRANCH1#copy run start Step 3: Configure RIP on the HQ and BRANCH2 routers. Use the router rip and network commands to configure the HQ and BRANCH2 routers to advertise directly connected networks to the other routers in the topology.


Page 4 of 5



When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM.

Step 4: Test and verify connectivity. Use the ping command to verify that the router interfaces can communicate with each other. If you discover that two interfaces cannot ping each other, troubleshoot your IP addressing and router configuration.

Task 5: Document the Router Configurations On each router, capture the following command output to a text file and save for future reference: •


•

Routing table – The output of the show ip route command for each of the routers should be exactly the same as the provided outputs

•




Page 5 of 5



Page 1 of 5


4.7.1: Packet Tracer Skills Integration Activity


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

S0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

S0/0 S0/1 R1

S0/2 S0/3 S1/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B4

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0

ISP Web Server


Page 2 of 5



Objectives •


•


•


•

Configure static and default routing.

•


Task 1: Design and document an addressing scheme. Step 1: Design an addressing scheme. Using the topology and the following requirements, design an addressing scheme: •

The WAN link between R1 and ISP is already configured.

•

For the WAN links between R1 and the branch routers (B1, B2, B3 and B4), subnet the address space 10.0.1.0/28 to provide the necessary WAN subnets. Assign the subnets using the following guidelines: Subnet 0: R1 <--> B1 ________________________ Subnet 1: R1 <--> B2 ________________________ Subnet 2: R1 <--> B3 ________________________ Subnet 3: R1 <--> B4 ________________________

•

For the LANs attached to the branch routers, divide the address space 10.1.0.0/16 into four equal subnets. Assign the subnets using the following guidelines: Subnet 0: B1 LANs ________________________ Subnet 1: B2 LANs ________________________ Subnet 2: B3 LANs ________________________ Subnet 3: B4 LANs ________________________

•

For each branch router, divide that router’s LAN subnet into four equal subnets. Assign the subnets using the following guidelines:

•

B1 LANs Subnet 0: B1 Fa0/0 ________________________ Subnet 1: B1 Fa0/1 ________________________ Subnet 2: B1 Fa1/0 ________________________ Subnet 3: B1 Fa1/1 ________________________

•


•



Page 3 of 5


•




On the topology, label each subnet in the blanks provided.

•


•

For the WAN links, assign the first IP address to R1.

Task 2: Select equipment and cable devices. Step 1: Select the necessary equipment. •

To add the branch routers, use the “Custom Made Devices” option and choose the 2621XM router. This router has four Serial interfaces and four Fast Ethernet interfaces in the correct configuration to insure the “Check Results” feature functions properly for this activity.

•

Each router uses four switches. The switches are not part of the “Check Results” feature so any switch will satisfy the requirement for a LAN link to the branch router. Arrange the switches around each router similar to how it is shown in the topology.

Step 2:Cable the devices. Cable the networks according to the topology taking care that interfaces match the topology and your documentation in Task 1. R1 is the DCE side for B1, B2, B3 and B4. ISP is the DCE for the link to R1.


Task 4: Configure static and default routing Configure static and default routing using the exit interface argument. •

R1 should have four static routes and one default route.

•

B1, B2, B3, and B4 should have one default route each.

•

ISP should have two static routes: one for the WAN address space and one for the LAN address space.


Page 4 of 5



Task 5: Test connectivity and examine the configuration. Step 1: Test connectivity. •

You should now have end-to-end connectivity. Use ping to test connectivity across the network. Each router should be able to ping all other router interfaces and the Web Server.

•

Use extended ping to test LAN connectivity to the Web Server. For example, the test the Fa0/0 interface on B1, you would do the following: B1#ping Protocol [ip]: Target IP address: 209.165.200.226 Repeat count [5]: Datagram size [100]: Timeout in seconds [2]: Extended commands [n]: yes Source address or interface: 10.1.0.1 Type of service [0]: Set DF bit in IP header? [no]: Validate reply data? [no]: Data pattern [0xABCD]: Loose, Strict, Record, Timestamp, Verbose[none]: Sweep range of sizes [n]: Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 209.165.200.226, timeout is 2 seconds: Packet sent with a source address of 10.1.0.1 !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 67/118/138 ms

•




Page 5 of 5

Lab 5.6.1: Basic RIP Configuration Topology Diagram



•


•


•

Configure and activate interfaces.

•

Configure RIP routing on all routers.

•

Verify RIP routing using show and debug commands.

•

Reconfigure the network to make it contiguous.

•

Observe automatic summarization at boundary router.

•

Gather information about RIP processing using the debug ip rip command.

•

Configure a static default route.

•

Propagate default routes to RIP neighbors.

•

Document the RIP configuration.

Scenarios •

Scenario A: Running RIPv1 on Classful Networks

•

Scenario B: Running RIPv1 with Subnets and Between Classful Networks

•

Scenario C: Running RIPv1 on a Stub Network.


Page 1 of 15

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: RIP version 1

Lab 5.6.1: Basic RIP Configuration

Scenario A: Running RIPv1 on Classful Networks Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.3.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.2.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.4.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.5.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.4.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

PC1

NIC

192.168.1.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.1.1

PC2

NIC

192.168.3.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.3.1

PC3

NIC

192.168.5.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.5.1

R1

R2

R3

Task 1: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.


Page 2 of 15



Task 2: Perform Basic Router Configurations. Perform basic configuration of the R1, R2, and R3 routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6. Configure a password for VTY connections.

Task 3: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure interfaces on R1, R2, and R3. Configure the interfaces on the R1, R2, and R3 routers with the IP addresses from the table under the Topology Diagram. Step 2: Verify IP addressing and interfaces. Use the show ip interface brief command to verify that the IP addressing is correct and that the interfaces are active. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 3: Configure Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3. Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3 with the IP addresses and default gateways from the table under the Topology Diagram. Step 4: Test the PC configuration by pinging the default gateway from the PC.

Task 4: Configure RIP. Step 1: Enable dynamic routing. To enable a dynamic routing protocol, enter global configuration mode and use the router command. Enter router ? at the global configuration prompt to a see a list of available routing protocols on your router. To enable RIP, enter the command router rip in global configuration mode. R1(config)#router rip R1(config-router)#

Step 2: Enter classful network addresses. Once you are in routing configuration mode, enter the classful network address for each directly connected network, using the network command. R1(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 R1(config-router)#network 192.168.2.0 R1(config-router)# All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 15



The network command: •

Enables RIP on all interfaces that belong to this network. These interfaces will now both send and receive RIP updates.

•

Advertises this network in RIP routing updates sent to other routers every 30 seconds.

When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM. R1(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R1#copy run start

Step 3: Configure RIP on the R2 router using the router rip and network commands. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#network 192.168.2.0 R2(config-router)#network 192.168.3.0 R2(config-router)#network 192.168.4.0 R2(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R2#copy run start When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM. Step 4: Configure RIP on the R3 router using the router rip and network commands. R3(config)#router rip R3(config-router)#network 192.168.4.0 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.5.0 R3(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R3# copy run start When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM.

Task 5: Verify RIP Routing. Step 1: Use the show ip route command to verify that each router has all of the networks in the topology entered in the routing table. Routes learned through RIP are coded with an R in the routing table. If the tables are not converged as shown here, troubleshoot your configuration. Did you verify that the configured interfaces are active? Did you configure RIP correctly? Return to Task 3 and Task 4 to review the steps necessary to achieve convergence.


Page 4 of 15



R1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set C C R R R R1#

192.168.1.0/24 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 192.168.4.0/24 192.168.5.0/24

is directly is directly [120/1] via [120/1] via [120/2] via

connected, FastEthernet0/0 connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.2.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.2.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.2.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0

[120/1] via is directly is directly is directly [120/1] via

192.168.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0/0/0 connected, Serial0/0/0 connected, FastEthernet0/0 connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.4.1, 00:00:23, Serial0/0/1

[120/2] via [120/1] via [120/1] via is directly is directly

192.168.4.2, 00:00:18, Serial0/0/1 192.168.4.2, 00:00:18, Serial0/0/1 192.168.4.2, 00:00:18, Serial0/0/1 connected, Serial0/0/1 connected, FastEthernet0/0

R2#show ip route R C C C R R2#

192.168.1.0/24 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 192.168.4.0/24 192.168.5.0/24

R3#show ip route R R R C C R3#

192.168.1.0/24 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 192.168.4.0/24 192.168.5.0/24

Step 2: Use the show ip protocols command to view information about the routing processes. The show ip protocols command can be used to view information about the routing processes that are occurring on the router. This output can be used to verify most RIP parameters to confirm that: •

RIP routing is configured

•

The correct interfaces send and receive RIP updates

•

The router advertises the correct networks

•

RIP neighbors are sending updates


Page 5 of 15



R1#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "rip" Sending updates every 30 seconds, next due in 16 seconds Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 180, flushed after 240 Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set Redistributing: rip Default version control: send version 1, receive any version Interface Send Recv Triggered RIP Key-chain FastEthernet0/0 1 2 1 Serial0/0/0 1 2 1 Automatic network summarization is in effect Maximum path: 4 Routing for Networks: 192.168.1.0 192.168.2.0 Passive Interface(s): Routing Information Sources: Gateway Distance Last Update 192.168.2.2 120 Distance: (default is 120) R1# R1 is indeed configured with RIP. R1 is sending and receiving RIP updates on FastEthernet0/0 and Serial0/0/0. R1 is advertising networks 192.168.1.0 and 192.168.2.0. R1 has one routing information source. R2 is sending R1 updates. Step 3: Use the debug ip rip command to view the RIP messages being sent and received. Rip updates are sent every 30 seconds so you may have to wait for debug information to be displayed. R1#debug ip rip R1#RIP: received v1 update from 192.168.2.2 on Serial0/0/0 192.168.3.0 in 1 hops 192.168.4.0 in 1 hops 192.168.5.0 in 2 hops RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via FastEthernet0/0 (192.168.1.1) RIP: build update entries network 192.168.2.0 metric 1 network 192.168.3.0 metric 2 network 192.168.4.0 metric 2 network 192.168.5.0 metric 3 RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0/0/0 (192.168.2.1) RIP: build update entries network 192.168.1.0 metric 1 The debug output shows that R1 receives an update from R2. Notice how this update includes all the networks that R1 does not already have in its routing table. Because the FastEthernet0/0 interface belongs to the 192.168.1.0 network configured under RIP, R1 builds an update to send out that interface. The update includes all networks known to R1 except the network of the interface. Finally, R1 builds an update to send to R2. Because of split horizon, R1 only includes the 192.168.1.0 network in the update. Step 4: Discontinue the debug output with the undebug all command. R1#undebug all All possible debugging has been turned off All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 6 of 15



Scenario B: Running RIPv1 with Subnets and Between Classful Networks Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.30.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.30.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

172.30.3.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.30.2.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.4.9

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.5.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.4.10

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.30.1.10

255.255.255.0

172.30.1.1

PC2

NIC

172.30.3.10

255.255.255.0

172.30.3.1

PC3

NIC

192.168.5.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.5.1

R1

R2

R3

Task 1: Make Changes between Scenario A and Scenario B Step 1: Change the IP addressing on the interfaces as shown in the Topology Diagram and the Addressing Table. Sometimes when changing the IP address on a serial interface, you may need to reset that interface by using the shutdown command, waiting for the LINK-5-CHANGED message, and then using the no shutdown command. This process will force the IOS to starting using the new IP address.


Page 7 of 15



R1(config)#int s0/0/0 R1(config-if)#ip add 172.30.2.1 255.255.255.0 R1(config-if)#shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to administratively down %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to down R1(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up R1(config-if)# %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to up Step 2: Verify that routers are active. After reconfiguring all the interfaces on all three routers, verify that all necessary interfaces are active with the show ip interface brief command. Step 3: Remove the RIP configurations from each router. Although you can remove the old network commands with the no version of the command, it is more efficient to simply remove RIP and start over. Remove the RIP configurations from each router with the no router rip global configuration command. This will remove all the RIP configuration commands including the network commands. R1(config)#no router rip R2(config)#no router rip R3(config)#no router rip

Task 2: Configure RIP Step 1: Configure RIP routing on R1 as shown below. R1(config)#router rip R1(config-router)#network 172.30.0.0 Notice that only a single network statement is needed for R1. This statement includes both interfaces on different subnets of the 172.30.0.0 major network. Step 2: Configure R1 to stop sending updates out the FastEthernet0/0 interface. Sending updates out this interface wastes the bandwidth and processing resources of all devices on the LAN. In addition, advertising updates on a broadcast network is a security risk. RIP updates can be intercepted with packet sniffing software. Routing updates can be modified and sent back to the router, corrupting the router table with false metrics that misdirects traffic. The passive-interface fastethernet 0/0 command is used to disable sending RIPv1 updates out that interface. When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM. R1(config-router)#passive-interface fastethernet 0/0 R1(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R1#copy run start All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 8 of 15



Step 3: Configure RIP routing on R2 as shown below. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#network 172.30.0.0 R2(config-router)#network 192.168.4.0 R2(config-router)#passive-interface fastethernet 0/0 R2(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R2#copy run start Again notice that only a single network statement is needed for the two subnets of 172.30.0.0. This statement includes both interfaces, on different subnets, of the 172.30.0.0 major network. The network for the WAN link between R2 and R3 is also configured. When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM. Step 4: Configure RIP routing on R3 as shown below. R3(config)#router rip R3(config-router)#network 192.168.4.0 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.5.0 R3(config-router)#passive-interface fastethernet 0/0 R3(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R3#copy run start When you are finished with the RIP configuration, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM.

Task 3: Verify RIP Routing Step 1: Use the show ip route command to verify that each router has all of the networks in the topology in the routing table. R1#show ip route

C C R R R R1#

172.30.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets 172.30.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.30.3.0 [120/1] via 172.30.2.2, 00:00:22, Serial0/0/0 192.168.4.0/24 [120/1] via 172.30.2.2, 00:00:22, Serial0/0/0 192.168.5.0/24 [120/2] via 172.30.2.2, 00:00:22, Serial0/0/0

Note: RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol. Classful routing protocols do not send the subnet mask with network in routing updates. For example, 172.30.1.0 is sent by R2 to R1 without any subnet mask information.


Page 9 of 15



R2#show ip route

R C C C R R2#

172.30.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets 172.30.1.0 [120/1] via 172.30.2.1, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.30.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.30.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.4.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 192.168.4.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.5.0/24 [120/1] via 192.168.4.10, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1

R3#show ip route R C C

172.30.0.0/16 [120/1] via 192.168.4.9, 00:00:22, Serial0/0/1 192.168.4.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 192.168.4.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.5.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Step 2: Verify that all necessary interfaces are active. If one or more routing tables does not have a converged routing table, first make sure that all necessary interfaces are active with show ip interface brief. Then use show ip protocols to verify the RIP configuration. Notice in the output from this command that the FastEthernet0/0 interface is no longer listed under Interface but is now listed under a new section of the output: Passive Interface(s). R1#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "rip" Sending updates every 30 seconds, next due in 20 seconds Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 180, flushed after 240 Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set Redistributing: rip Default version control: send version 2, receive version 2 Interface Send Recv Triggered RIP Key-chain Serial0/1/0 2 2 Automatic network summarization is in effect Maximum path: 4 Routing for Networks: 172.30.0.0 209.165.200.0 Passive Interface(s): FastEthernet0/0 Routing Information Sources: Gateway Distance Last Update 209.165.200.229 120 00:00:15 Distance: (default is 120)




Step 3: View the RIP messages being sent and received. To view the RIP messages being sent and received use the debug ip rip command. Notice that RIP updates are not sent out of the fa0/0 interface because of the passive-interface fastethernet 0/0 command. R1#debug ip rip R1#RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0/0/0 (172.30.2.1) RIP: build update entries network 172.30.1.0 metric 1 RIP: received v1 update from 172.30.2.2 on Serial0/0/0 172.30.3.0 in 1 hops

Step 4: Discontinue the debug output with the undebug all command. R1#undebug all All possible debugging has been turned off




Scenario C: Running RIPv1 on a Stub Network Topology Diagram

Background In this scenario we will modify Scenario B to only run RIP between R1 and R2. Scenario C is a typical configuration for most companies connecting a stub network to a central headquarters router or an ISP. Typically, a company runs a dynamic routing protocol (RIPv1 in our case) within the local network but finds it unnecessary to run a dynamic routing protocol between the company’s gateway router and the ISP. For example, colleges with multiple campuses often run a dynamic routing protocol between campuses but use default routing to the ISP for access to the Internet. In some cases, remote campuses may even use default routing to the main campus, choosing to use dynamic routing only locally. To keep our example simple, for Scenario C, we left the addressing intact from Scenario B. Let’s assume that R3 is the ISP for our Company XYZ, which consists of the R1 and R2 routers using the 172.30.0.0/16 major network, subnetted with a /24 mask. Company XYZ is a stub network, meaning that there is only one way in and one way out of the 172.30.0.0/16 network—in via R2 (the gateway router) and out via R3 (the ISP). It doesn’t make sense for R2 to send R3 RIP updates for the 172.30.0.0 network every 30 seconds, because R3 has no other way to get to 172.30.0.0 except through R2. It makes more sense for R3 to have a static route configured for the 172.30.0.0/16 network pointing to R2. How about traffic from Company XYZ toward the Internet? It makes no sense for R3 to send over 120,000 summarized Internet routes to R2. All R2 needs to know is that if a packet is not destined for a host on the 172.30.0.0 network, then it should send the packet to the ISP, R3. This is the same for all other Company XYZ routers (only R1 in our case). They should send all traffic not destined for the 172.30.0.0 network to R2. R2 would then forward the traffic to R3.

Task 1: Make Changes between Scenario B and Scenario C. Step 1: Remove network 192.168.4.0 from the RIP configuration for R2. Remove network 192.168.4.0 from the RIP configuration for R2, because no updates will be sent between R2 and R3 and we don’t want to advertise the 192.168.4.0 network to R1. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#no network 192.168.4.0 All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 12 of 15



Step 2: Completely remove RIP routing from R3. R3(config)#no router rip

Task 2: Configure the Static Route on R3 for the 172.30.0.0/16 network. Because R3 and R2 are not exchanging RIP updates, we need to configure a static route on R3 for the 172.30.0.0/16 network. This will send all 172.30.0.0/16 traffic to R2. R3(config)#ip route 172.30.0.0 255.255.252.0 serial0/0/1

Task 3: Configure a Default Static Route on R2. Step 1: Configure R2 to send default traffic to R3. Configure a default static route on R2 that will send all default traffic—packets with destination IP addresses that do not match a specific route in the routing table—to R3. R2(config)# ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 serial 0/0/1 Step 2: Configure R2 to send default static route information to R1. The default-information originate command is used to configure R2 to include the default static route with its RIP updates. Configure this command on R2 so that the default static route information is sent to R1. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#default-information originate R2(config-router)# Note: Sometimes it is necessary to clear the RIP routing process before the default-information originate command will work. First, try the command clear ip route * on both R1 and R2. This command will cause the routers to immediately flush routes in the routing table and request updates from each other. Sometimes this does not work with RIP. If the default route information is still not sent to R1, save the configuration on R1 and R2 and then reload both routers. Doing this will reset the hardware and both routers will restart the RIP routing process.

Task 4: Verify RIP Routing. Step 1: Use the show ip route command to view the routing table on R2 and R1. R2#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is 0.0.0.0 to network 0.0.0.0

C C R

172.30.0.0/24 172.30.2.0 172.30.3.0 172.30.1.0

is subnetted, 3 subnets is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 [120/1] via 172.30.2.1, 00:00:16, Serial0/0/0



C S*


192.168.4.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 192.168.4.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 0.0.0.0/0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Notice that R2 now has a static route tagged as a candidate default. R1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is 172.30.2.2 to network 0.0.0.0

C R C R*

172.30.0.0/24 is subnetted, 3 subnets 172.30.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.30.3.0 [120/1] via 172.30.2.2, 00:00:05, Serial0/0/0 172.30.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [120/1] via 172.30.2.2, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/0

Notice that R1 now has a RIP route tagged as a candidate default route. The route is the “quad-zero” default route sent by R2. R1 will now send default traffic to the Gateway of last resort at 172.30.2.2, which is the IP address of R2. Step 2: View the RIP updates that are sent and received on R1 with the debug ip rip command. R1#debug ip rip RIP protocol debugging is on R1#RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0/0/0 (172.30.2.1) RIP: build update entries network 172.30.1.0 metric 1 RIP: received v1 update from 172.30.2.2 on Serial0/0/0 0.0.0.0 in 1 hops 172.30.3.0 in 1 hops Notice that R1 is receiving the default route from R2. Step 3: Discontinue the debug output with the undebug all command. R1#undebug all All possible debugging has been turned off Step 4: Use the show ip route command to view the routing table on R3. R3#show ip route S C C

172.30.0.0/16 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.4.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 192.168.4.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.5.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Notice that RIP is not being used on R3. The only route that is not directly connected is the static route.






•

Routing table

•


•

Output from show ip protocols



Lab 5.6.2: Challenge RIP Configuration Topology Diagram


HQ

ISP

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC



•

Assign appropriate addresses to interfaces and document them in the Addressing Table.

•



Page 1 of 7


Lab 5.6.2: Challenge RIP Configuration

•


•

Configure RIPv1 routing on all routers.

•

Configure and propagate a static default route.

•

Verify RIPv1 operation.

•


•


Scenario In this lab activity, you will be given a network address that must be subnetted to complete the addressing of the network shown in the Topology Diagram. A combination of RIPv1 and static routing will be required so that hosts on networks that are not directly connected will be able to communicate with each other.

Task 1: Subnet the Address Space. Step 1: Examine the network requirements. The addressing for the network has the following requirements: •

The ISP LAN will use the 209.165.202.128/27 network.

•

The link between the ISP router and the HQ router will use the 209.165.200.224/30 network.

•

The 192.168.1.0/24 network must be subnetted for use in the HQ LAN and the link between the HQ and BRANCH routers. The HQ LAN will require 50 host IP addresses.

•

The BRANCH LAN will use the 10.10.2.0/23 network.

Step 2: Consider the following questions when creating your network design: How many subnets need to be created from the 192.168.1.0/24 network? __________ What is the subnet mask for this network in dotted decimal format? ___________________________ What is the subnet mask for the network in slash format? __________ What are the network addresses of the subnets? Subnet 0: __________________________ Subnet 1: __________________________ Subnet 2: __________________________ How many usable host IP addresses are there per subnet? ___________ How many usable hosts IP addresses are available in the BRANCH LAN? ____________ Step 3: Assign subnetwork addresses to the Topology Diagram. 1. Assign subnet 1 in the 192.168.1.0 network to the WAN link between the HQ and BRANCH routers. 2. Assign subnet 2 in the 192.168.1.0 network to the LAN attached to the HQ router.

Task 2: Determine Interface Addresses. Step 1: Assign appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the 209.165.202.128/27 network to the LAN interface on the ISP router. 2. Assign the last valid host address in the 209.165.202.128/27 network to PC3. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 7



3. Assign the first valid host address in the 209.165.200.224/27 network to the WAN interface of the ISP router. 4. Assign the last valid host address in the 209.165.200.224/27 network to the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the HQ router. 5. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN network to the LAN interface of the HQ router. 6. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ LAN network to PC 2. 7. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ/BRANCH WAN link to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the HQ router. 8. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ/BRANCH WAN link to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the BRANCH router. 9. Assign the first valid host address in the 10.10.2.0/23 network to the LAN interface on the BRANCH router. 10. Assign the last valid host address in the 10.10.2.0/23 network to PC1. Step 2: Document the addresses to be used in the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 3: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.

Task 4: Perform Basic Router Configurations. Perform basic configuration in the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6. Configure a password for VTY connections. 7. Synchronize unsolicited messages and debug output with solicited output and prompts for the console and virtual terminal lines. 8. Configure an EXEC timeout of 15 minutes.

Task 5: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers. Configure the interfaces on the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers with the IP addresses from the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router.


Page 3 of 7



Step 2: Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3. Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3 with the IP addresses from the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 6: Verify Connectivity to Next-Hop Device. You should not have connectivity between end devices yet. However, you can test connectivity between two routers and between an end device and its default gateway. Step 1: Verify BRANCH connectivity. Verify that BRANCH can ping across the WAN link to HQ and that HQ can ping across the WAN link it shares with ISP. Step 2: Verify Ethernet interface connectivity. Verify that PC1, PC2, and PC3 can ping their respective default gateways.

Task 7: Configure RIP Routing on the BRANCH Router. Consider the networks that need to be included in the RIP updates that are sent out by the BRANCH router. What networks are currently present in the BRANCH routing table before RIP is configured? List the networks with slash notation. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ What commands are required to enable RIP version 1 and include these networks in the routing updates? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have RIP updates sent out? _____________ What command is used to disable RIP updates on this interface? ____________________________________________________________________________

Task 8: Configure RIP and Static Routing on the HQ Router Consider the type of static routing that is needed on HQ. What networks are present in the HQ routing table? List the networks with slash notation. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 7



_____________________________________________________________________________ A static default route will need to be configured to send all packets with destination addresses that are not in the routing table to the ISP router. What command is needed to accomplish this? Use the appropriate exit interface on the HQ router in the command. ____________________________________________________________________________ What commands are required to enable RIPv1 and include the LAN network in the routing updates? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have RIP updates sent out? ___________ What command is used to disable RIP updates on this interface? ____________________________________________________________________________ The HQ router needs to send the default route information to the BRANCH router in the RIP updates. What command is used to configure this? ____________________________________________________________________________

Task 9: Configure Static Routing on the ISP Router Static routes will need to be configured on the ISP router for all traffic that is destined for the RFC 1918 addresses that are used on the BRANCH LAN, HQ LAN, and the link between the BRANCH and HQ routers. What are the commands that will need to be configured on the ISP router to accomplish this? ISP(config)# ___________________________________________________________________ ISP(config)#____________________________________________________________________

Task 10: Verify the Configurations Answer the following questions to verify that the network is operating as expected. From PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From PC2, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ The answer to the above questions should be yes. If any of the above pings failed, check your physical connections and configurations. Refer to the basic troubleshooting techniques used in the Chapter 1 labs. What routes are present in the routing table of the BRANCH router? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 5 of 7



____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the BRANCH router? ____________________________________________________________________________ What routes are present in the routing table of the HQ router? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ What networks are present in the routing table of the ISP router? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ What networks, including the metric, are present in the RIP updates sent from the HQ router? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ What networks, including the metric, are present in the RIP updates sent from the BRANCH router? ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

Task 11: Reflection If static routing were used instead of RIP on the BRANCH router, how many individual static routes would be needed for hosts on the BRANCH LAN to communicate with all of the networks in the Topology Diagram? ______________


Page 6 of 7





•

Routing table

•




Page 7 of 7

Lab 5.6.3: RIP Troubleshooting Topology Diagram


HQ

ISP

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

10.45.1.254

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

10.45.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

10.45.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

172.20.20.254

255.255.255.0

N/A

FA0/0

172.16.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

172.20.20.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

PC1

NIC

192.168.1.254

255.255.255.0

192.168.1.1

PC2

NIC

10.45.2.254

255.255.255.0

10.45.2.1

PC3

NIC

172.16.1.254

255.255.255.0

172.16.1.1



•


•



Page 1 of 11


Lab 5.6.3: RIP Troubleshooting

•

Discover where convergence is not complete.

•

Gather information about the non-converged portion of the network along with any other errors.

•

Analyze information to determine why convergence is not complete.

•


•


•


Scenario In this lab, you will begin by loading configuration scripts on each of the routers. These scripts contain errors that will prevent end-to-end communication across the network. You will need to troubleshoot each router to determine the configuration errors and then use the appropriate commands to correct the configurations. When you have corrected all of the configuration errors, all of the hosts on the network should be able to communicate with each other. The network should also have the following requirements met: •

RIPv1 routing is configured on the BRANCH router.

•

RIPv1 routing is configured on the HQ router.

•

RIP updates must be disabled on the BRANCH and HQ LAN interfaces.

•

Static default route is configured on the HQ router and shared with the BRANCH router via RIP updates.

•

Static routes for all HQ and BRANCH networks are to be configured on the ISP router. The routes must be summarized wherever possible.

Task 1: Cable, Erase, and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Cable a network. Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. Step 2: Clear the configuration on each router. Clear the configuration on each of routers using the erase startup-config command and then reload the routers. Answer no if asked to save changes.

Task 2: Load Routers with the Supplied Scripts. Step 1: Load the following script onto the BRANCH router. hostname BRANCH ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 10.45.1.254 255.255.255.0 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! router rip All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 11



passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 network 10.0.0.0 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end

Step 2: Load the following script onto the HQ router. hostname HQ ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.45.2.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 10.45.1.1 255.255.255.0 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 172.20.20.254 255.255.255.0 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! router rip passive-interface Serial0/0/0 network 10.0.0.0 network 172.0.0.0 ! ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Serial0/0/1 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end

Step 3: Load the following script onto the ISP router. hostname ISP ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 11



speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 172.20.20.1 255.255.255.0 no shutdown ! ip route 10.45.1.0 255.255.254.0 Serial0/0/1 ip route 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 Serial0/0/1 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 password cisco login ! end

Task 3: Troubleshoot the BRANCH Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host connected to the BRANCH router. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? _________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? _________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _________ Step 2: Examine the BRANCH router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the status of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? _________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 11



Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the BRANCH router. What networks are shown in the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Are there any problems with the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing table, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

What networks are included in the RIP updates? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Are there any problems with the RIP updates that are being sent out from the router? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the RIP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 5 of 11



Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors? __________ Does the information included in the RIP updates that are sent out indicate any configuration errors? _________ If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. What networks are included in the RIP updates? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0 interface of the HQ router? __________

Task 4: Troubleshoot the HQ Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host connected to the R2 router. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ Step 2: Examine the HQ router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the status of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 6 of 11



Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View the summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? _________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the BRANCH router. What networks are shown in the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Are there any problems with the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing table, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

What networks are included in the RIP updates? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the RIP updates that are being sent out from the router? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 11



If there are any problems with the RIP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors? ________ Does the information included in the RIP updates that are sent out indicate any configuration errors? ________ If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. What networks are included in the RIP updates? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 8: Verify that the HQ router is sending a default route to the BRANCH router. Is there a default route in the BRANCH routing table? _____________ If not, what commands are needed to configure this on the HQ router? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 9: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the HQ router configuration now. Step 10: View the BRANCH routing table. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the BRANCH routing table again. Is there a default route in the BRANCH routing table? __________ If the answer is no, troubleshoot the RIP configuration again. Step 11: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? _________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 8 of 11



From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/1 interface of the ISP router? _________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? _________

Task 5: Troubleshoot the ISP Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host connected to the ISP router. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _________ Step 2: Examine the ISP router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

If there are any problems with the status of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View the summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the static routing configuration on the ISP router. Begin by viewing the routing table. What networks are shown in the routing table? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


Page 9 of 11



Are there any problems with the routing configuration? ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing table. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the routing table again. Does the information in the routing table indicate any configuration errors? _________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC2? _________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the WAN interface of the BRANCH router? _________

Task 6: Reflection There were a number of configuration errors in the scripts that were provided for this lab. Use the space below to write a brief description of the errors that you found. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________




Task 7: Documentation On each router, capture output from the following commands to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference: •

show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols

If you need to review the procedures for capturing command output, refer to Lab 1.5.1.



whatever



Page 1 of 6


5.7.1: Packet Tracer Skills Integration challenge Activity

Addressing Table for R1 Device

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.5

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R1

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R1

Web Server 1


Page 2 of 6




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.10

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.6

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.9

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.229

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.230

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R2

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R2

Web Server 2

Objectives •


•


•

Configure static routing between ISP routers.

•

Configure RIPv1 routing in Region 1 and Region 2

•

Disable RIP updates on appropriate interfaces

•

Configure default routes and redistribute through RIP

•






The WAN links between R1 and R2 and their respective ISP routers are already configured. Also, the links between the ISPs and the Web Servers are already configured.

•

Since RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol, you cannot implement Variable Length Subnet Masks (VLSM). Subnet each region’s address space using the following guidelines: The largest subnet in Region 1’s address space is 1,000 hosts. What is the subnet mask you should use for the 10.1.0.0/16 address space? __________________________ The largest subnet in Region 2’s address space is 500 hosts. What is the subnet mask you should use for the 172.20.0.0/16 address space? __________________________

•

For the LANs in Region 1, assign subnet 0 to the LAN attached to FastEthernet 0/0 on B1-R1. Continue to assign LANs in sequence. Subnet 1 is assigned to the LAN attached to FastEthernet 0/1 on B1-R1; Subnet 2 to FastEthernet 1/0; Subnet 3 to FastEthernet 1/1 and so on.

•

For the WANs in Region 1, assign the last subnet to the link between R1 and B3-R1, the second to last subnet to the link between R1 and B2-R1 and the third to the last subnet to link between R1 and B1-R1.

•

Record the Region 1 subnet assignments in the following table: Router

Subnet Number

B1-R1 Fa0/0

0

B1-R1 Fa0/1

1

B1-R1 Fa1/0

2

B1-R1 Fa1/1

3

B2-R1 Fa0/0

4

B2-R1 Fa0/1

5

B2-R1 Fa1/0

6

B2-R1 Fa1/1

7

B3-R1 Fa0/0

8

B3-R1 Fa0/1

9

B3-R1 Fa1/0

10

B3-R1 Fa1/1

Subnet Address

11 rd

B1-R1 <--> R1

3 to Last

B2-R1 <--> R1

2nd to Last

B3-R1 <--> R1

Last




•

For the LANs in Region 2, following the same format for assigning subnets that you used for Region 1: Subnet 0 to the Fa0/0 interface on B1-R2; Subnet 1 to Fa0/1, and so on.

•

For the WANs in Region 2, assign the last subnet to the link between R2 and B3-R2, the second to last subnet to the link between R2 and B2-R2 and the third to the last subnet to link between R2 and B1-R2.

•

Record the Region 2 subnet assignments in the following table: Router

Subnet Number

B1-R2 Fa0/0

0

B1-R2 Fa0/1

1

B1-R2 Fa1/0

2

B1-R2 Fa1/1

3

B2-R2 Fa0/0

4

B2-R2 Fa0/1

5

B2-R2 Fa1/0

6

B2-R2 Fa1/1

7

B3-R2 Fa0/0

8

B3-R2 Fa0/1

9

B3-R2 Fa1/0

10

B3-R2 Fa1/1

11

B1-R2 <--> R2

3rd to Last

B2-R2 <--> R2

2nd to Last

B3-R2 <--> R2

Last

Subnet Address


Optional: On the topology, label each subnet. To save space, use only the last two octets since only these octets change.

•


•

For the WAN links, assign the first IP address to R1 and R2 for links to each router’s respective B1, B2, and B3 routers.


Task 4: Configure static routing between ISP routers. Each ISP router already has two static routes to the other ISP router’s directly connected WANs. Implement static routing on each ISP router to insure connectivity between the two regions.




Task 5: Configure RIPv1 routing in Region 1 and Region 2. Configure RIP routing on all regional routers. Remember, the ISP routers are only using static routing.

Task 6: Disable RIP updates on appropriate interfaces. RIP updates do not need to be sent out all the router interfaces. Disable RIP updates on appropriate interfaces.

Task 7: Configure default routes and redistribute through RIP. Determine which routers need a default route. Then configure that router to redistribute the default route to other routers in the region.

Task 8: Verify full connectivity between all devices in the topology. Step 1: Test connectivity. •

You should now have end-to-end connectivity. Use ping to test connectivity across the network. Each router should be able to ping all other router interfaces and both Web Servers.

•




Activity 6.4.1: Basic VLSM Calculation and Addressing Design Topology Diagram


HQ

Branch1

Branch2

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A


Page 1 of 5

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: VLSM and CIDR

Activity 6.4.1: Basic VLSM Calculation and Addressing Design

Learning Objectives Upon completion of this activity, you will be able to: •


•

Determine the number of hosts needed for each subnet

•

Design an appropriate addressing scheme using VLSM.

•

Assign addresses and subnet mask pairs to device interfaces.

•


Scenario In this activity, you have been given the network address 192.168.1.0/24 to subnet and provide the IP addressing for the network shown in the Topology Diagram. VLSM will be used so that the addressing requirements can be met using the 192.168.1.0/24 network. The network has the following addressing requirements: •

The HQ LAN1 will require 50 host IP addresses.

•


•

The Branch1 LAN1 will require 20 host IP addresses.

•

The Branch1 LAN2 will require 20 host IP addresses

•


•


•

The link from HQ to Branch1 will require an IP address for each end of the link.

•

The link from HQ to Branch2 will require an IP address for each end of the link.

•

The link Branch1 to Branch2 will require an IP address for each end of the link.

Task 1: Examine the Network Requirements. Examine the network requirements and answer the questions below. Keep in mind that IP addresses will be needed for each of the LAN interfaces. 1. How many subnets are needed?

_______

2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that are needed for a single subnet? _______ 3. How many IP addresses are needed for each of the BranchBranch1 LANs? _______ 4. How many IP addresses are needed for each of the BranchBranch2 LANs? _______ 5. How many IP addresses are needed for each of the WAN links between routers? _______ 6. What is the total number of IP addresses that are needed? _______ 7. What is the total number of IP addresses that are available in the 192.168.1.0/24 network? _______ 8. Can the network addressing requirements be met using the 192.168.1.0/24 network? _______

Task 2: Design an IP Addressing Scheme Step 1: Determine the subnet information for the largest network segment or segments. In this case, the two HQ LANs are the largest subnets. All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 5



1. How many IP addresses are needed for each LAN?

_______

2. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 3. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 2: Assign subnets to HQ LANs. Start at the beginning of the 192.168.1.0/24 network. 1. Assign the first available subnet to HQ LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. HQ LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask

First Usable IP Address

Last Usable IP Address

Broadcast Address


Broadcast Address

3. Assign the next available subnet to HQ LAN2. 4. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. HQ LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask


Step 3: Determine the subnet information for the next largest network segment or segments. In this case, the two Branch1 LANs are the next largest subnets. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for each LAN? _______ 2. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 3. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ 30 Step 4: Assign subnet to BRANCH1 LANs. Start with the IP address following the HQ LAN subnets. 1. Assign the next subnet to Branch1 LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Branch1 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

3. Assign the next available subnet to Branch1 LAN2.


Page 3 of 5


4.


Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information.

Branch1 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 5: Determine the subnet information for the next largest network segment or segments. In this case, the two Branch2 LANs are the next largest subnets. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for each LAN?

_______

2. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 3. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 6: Assign subnets to BRANCH2 LANs. Start with the IP address following the Branch1 LAN subnets. 1. Assign the next subnet to the Branch2 LAN1. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Branch2 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address


Broadcast Address

2. Assign the next available subnet to Branch2 LAN2. 3. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Branch2 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask


Step 7: Determine the subnet information for the links between the routers. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for each link? _______ 2. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 3. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 8: Assign subnets to links. Start with the IP address following the Branch2 LAN subnets. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the link between the HQ and Branch1 routers. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Link between HQ and Branch1 Subnet Network Decimal CIDR Subnet Address Subnet Mask Mask




Broadcast Address

Page 4 of 5



3. Assign the next available subnet to the link between the HQ and Branch2 routers. 4. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Link between HQ and Branch2 Subnet Network Decimal CIDR Subnet Address Subnet Mask Mask



Broadcast Address

5. Assign the next available subnet to the link between the Branch1 and Branch2 routers. 6.

Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information.

Link between Branch1 and Branch2 Subnet Network Decimal CIDR Subnet Address Subnet Mask Mask



Broadcast Address

Task 3: Assign IP Addresses to the Network Devices Assign the appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. Document the addresses to be used in the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram. Step 1: Assign addresses to the HQ router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN 1 subnet to the Fa0/0 LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN 2 subnet to the Fao/1 LAN interface. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the link between HQ and Branch1 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface. 4. Assign the first valid host address in the link between HQ and Branch2 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 2: Assign addresses to the Branch1 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch1 LAN1 subnet to the Fa0/0 LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch1 LAN2 subnet to the Fa0/1 LAN interface. 3. Assign the last valid host address on the link between Branch1 and HQ subnet to the S0/0/0 interface 4. Assign the first valid host address on the link between Branch1 and Branch2 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface. Step 3: Assign addresses to the Branch2 router. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch2 LAN1 subnet to the Fa0/0 LAN interface. 2. Assign the first valid host address in the Branch 2 LAN 2 subnet to the Fa0/1 LAN interface. 3. Assign the last valid host address on the link between HQ and Branch2 subnet to the S0/0/1 interface 4. Assign the last valid host address on the link between Branch1 and Branch2 subnet to the S0/0/0 interface.


Page 5 of 5

Activity 6.4.2: Challenge VLSM Calculation and Addressing Design Topology Diagram


Page 1 of 11


Activity 6.4.2: Challenge VLSM Calculation and Addressing Design



•

Determine the number of hosts needed for each subnet

•

Design an appropriate addressing scheme using VLSM.

Scenario In this activity, you have been given the network address 172.16.0.0/16 to subnet and provide the IP addressing for the network shown in the Topology Diagram. VLSM will be used so that the addressing requirements can be met using the 172.16.0.0/16 network. The network has the following addressing requirements: •

•

East Network Section •

The N-EAST (Northeast) LAN1 will require 4000 host IP addresses.

•

The N-EAST (Northeast) LAN2 will require 4000 host IP addresses.

•

The SE-BR1 (Southeast Branch1) LAN1 will require 1000 host IP addresses.

•


•


•


•

The SE-ST1 (Southeast Satellite1) LAN1 will require 250 host IP addresses.

•


•


•


West Network Section •

•

•

The S-WEST (Southwest) LAN1 will require 4000 host IP addresses.

•

The S-WEST (Southwest) LAN2 will require 4000 host IP addresses.

•

The NW-BR1 (Northwest Branch1) LAN2 will require 200 host IP addresses.

•


•


•


Central Network Section •

The Central LAN1 will require 8000 host IP addresses.

•

The Central LAN2 will require 4000 host IP addresses.

The WAN links between each of the routers will require an IP address for each end of the link.

Task 1: Examine the Network Requirements. Examine the network requirements and answer the questions below. Keep in mind that IP addresses will be needed for each of the LAN interfaces. 1. How many LAN subnets are needed? _______ 2. How many subnets are needed for the WAN links between routers? _______ 3. How many total subnets are needed? _______ 4. What is the maximum number of host IP addresses that are needed for a single subnet? _______


Page 2 of 11



5. What is the least number of host IP addresses that are needed for a single subnet? _______ 6. How many IP addresses are needed for the East portion of the network? Be sure to include the WAN links between the routers as well as an IP address for each LAN interface. __________ 7. How many IP addresses are needed for the West portion of the network? Be sure to include the WAN links between the routers as well as an IP address for each LAN interface. __________ 8. How many IP addresses are needed for the Central portion of the network? Be sure to include the WAN links between the routers as well as an IP address for each LAN interface. __________ 9. What is the total number of IP addresses that are needed? __________ 10. What is the total number of IP addresses that are available in the 172.16.0.0/16 network? _________ 11. Can the network addressing requirements be met using the 172.16.0.0/16 network? _______

Task 2: Divide the Network into Three Subnetworks. Step 1: Determine the subnet information for each network section. To keep the subnets of each of the major network sections contiguous, begin by creating a main subnet for each of the East, West, and Central network sections. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet the addressing requirement for the East network? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ 3. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet the addressing requirement for the West network? _______ 4. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ 5. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet the addressing requirement for the Central network? _______ 6. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 2: Assign subnets. 1. Start at the beginning of the 172.16.0.0/16 network. Assign the first available subnet to the East section of the network. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. East Subnet Network Address

Decimal Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

3. Assign the next available subnet to the West section of the network. 4. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. West Subnet Network Address

Decimal Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask




Broadcast Address

Page 3 of 11



5. Assign the next available subnet to the Central section of the network. 6. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Central Subnet Network Decimal Address Subnet Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Task 3: Design an IP Addressing Scheme for the Central Network. Step 1: Determine the subnet information for the Central LAN1. Use the address space that was designated for the Central network in Task 1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 2: Assign subnet to Central LAN1. Start at the beginning of the address space designated for the Central network. 1. Assign the first subnet to the Central LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Central LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 3: Determine the subnet information for the Central LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 4: Assign subnet to Central LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the Central LAN2. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. Central LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 5: Determine the subnet information for the WAN link between the Central router and the HQ router. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______


Page 4 of 11



Step 6: Assign subnet to WAN link. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the WAN link between the Central router and the HQ router. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. WAN link between Central and HQ Subnet Network Decimal Subnet CIDR Subnet Address Mask Mask



Broadcast Address

Task 4: Design an IP Addressing Scheme for the West Network. Step 1: Determine the subnet information for the S-WEST LAN1. Use the address space that was designated for the West network in Task 1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 2: Assign subnet to S-WEST LAN1. Start at the beginning of the address space designated for the West network. 1. Assign the first subnet to the S-WEST LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. S-WEST LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 3: Determine the subnet information for the S-WEST LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 4: Assign subnet to S-WEST LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the S-WEST LAN2. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. S-WEST LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 5: Determine the subnet information for the NW-BR1 LAN1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 5 of 11



Step 6: Assign subnet to NW-BR1 LAN1. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the NW-BR1 LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. NW-BR1 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 7: Determine the subnet information for the NW-BR1 LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 8: Assign subnet to NW-BR1 LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the NW-BR1 LAN2. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. NW-BR1 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 9: Determine the subnet information for the NW-BR2 LAN1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 10: Assign subnet to NW-BR2 LAN1. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the NW-BR2 LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. NW-BR2 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 11: Determine the subnet information for the NW-BR2 LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 12: Assign subnet to NW-BR2 LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the NW-BR2 LAN2. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information.


Page 6 of 11


NW-BR2 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask


CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 13: Determine the subnet information for the WAN links between the routers in the West network. 1. How many router to router WAN links are present in the West network? _______ 2. How many IP addresses are needed for each of these WAN links? _______ 3. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 4. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 14: Assign subnets to WAN links. 1. Assign the next available subnets to the WAN links between the routers. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. WAN links between the Routers in the West Network WAN Network Decimal Subnet CIDR First Usable IP Link Address Mask Subnet Address Mask HQ to WEST WEST to S-WEST WEST to N-WEST N-WEST to NW-BR1 N-WEST to NW-BR2


Broadcast Address

Task 5: Design an IP Addressing Scheme for the East Network. Step 1: Determine the subnet information for the N-EAST LAN1. Use the address space that was designated for the East network in Task 1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 2: Assign subnet to N-EAST LAN1. Start at the beginning of the address space designated for the East network. 1. Assign the first subnet to the N-EAST LAN1.


Page 7 of 11



2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. N-EAST LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 3: Determine the subnet information for the N-EAST LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 4: Assign subnet to N-EAST LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the N-EAST LAN2. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. N-EAST LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 5: Determine the subnet information for the SE-BR1 LAN1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 6: Assign subnet to SE-BR1 LAN1. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the SE-BR1 LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. SE-BR1 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 7: Determine the subnet information for the SE-BR1 LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 8: Assign subnet to SE-BR1 LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the SE-BR1 LAN2.


Page 8 of 11



2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. SE-BR1 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address


CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address


CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 13: Determine the subnet information for the SE-ST1 LAN1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 14: Assign subnet to SE-ST1 LAN1. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the SE-ST1 LAN1.


Page 9 of 11



2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. SE-ST1 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 15: Determine the subnet information for the SE-ST1 LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 16: Assign subnet to SE-ST1 LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the SE-ST1 LAN2. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. SE-ST1 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 17: Determine the subnet information for the SE-ST2 LAN1. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 18: Assign subnet to SE-ST2 LAN1. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the SE-ST2 LAN1. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. SE-ST2 LAN1 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 19: Determine the subnet information for the SE-ST2 LAN2. 1. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 2. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 20: Assign subnet to SE-ST2 LAN2. 1. Assign the next available subnet to the SE-ST2 LAN2.




2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. SE-ST2 LAN2 Subnet Network Decimal Subnet Address Mask

CIDR Subnet Mask



Broadcast Address

Step 21: Determine the subnet information for the WAN links between the routers in the East network. 1. How many router to router WAN links are present in the East network? _______ 2. How many IP addresses are needed for each of these WAN links? _______ 3. What is the smallest size subnet that can be used to meet this requirement? _______ 4. What is the maximum number of IP addresses that can be assigned in this size subnet? _______ Step 22: Assign subnets to WAN links. 1. Assign the next available subnets to the WAN links between the routers. 2. Fill in the chart below with the appropriate information. WAN links between the Routers in the East Network WAN link Network Decimal Subnet CIDR Address Mask Subnet Mask HQ to EAST EAST to S-EAST EAST to N-EAST S-EAST to SE-BR1 S-EAST to SE-BR2 SE-BR2 to SE-ST1 SE-BR2 to SE-ST2



Broadcast Address


Activity 6.4.3: Troubleshooting a VLSM Addressing Design Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Number of IP Addresses Needed

Network Address

HQ LAN1

16,000

172.16.128.0/19

HQ LAN2

8,000

172.16.192.0/18

Branch1 LAN1

4,000

172.16.224.0/20

Branch1 LAN2

2,000

172.16.240.0/21

Branch2 LAN1

1,000

172.16.244.0/24

Branch2 LAN2

500

172.16.252.0/23

Link from HQ to Branch1

2

172.16.254.0/28


2

172.16.154.6/30

Link from Branch1 to Branch2

2

172.16.254.8/30

Subnet


Discover errors in a VLSM design.

•

Propose solutions for VLSM design errors.

•

Document the corrected VLSM assignments.


Page 1 of 5


Activity 6.4.3: Troubleshooting VLSM Addressing Design

Scenario In this activity, the network address 172.16.128.0/17 has been used to provide the IP addressing for the network shown in the Topology Diagram. VLSM has been used to subnet the address space incorrectly. You will need to troubleshoot the addressing that has been assigned for each subnet to determine where errors are present and then determine the correct addressing assignments, where needed.

Task 1: Examine the Addressing for the HQ LANs. Step 1: Examine the addressing assignment for the HQ LAN1 subnet and answer the questions below: 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the HQ LAN1 subnet? __________ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? __________ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the HQ LAN1 subnet? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________ Step 2: Examine the addressing assignment for the HQ LAN2 subnet and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the HQ LAN2 subnet? __________ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? __________ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the HQ LAN2 subnet? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________

Task 2: Examine the Addressing for the Branch1 LANs. Step 1: Examine the addressing assignment for the Branch1 LAN1 subnet and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the Branch1 LAN1 subnet? __________ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? __________ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the Branch1 LAN1 subnet? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________


Page 2 of 5



5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________ Step 2: Examine the addressing assignment for the Branch1 LAN2 and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the Branch1 LAN2 subnet? __________ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? __________ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the Branch1 LAN2 subnet? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new network address that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________

Task 3: Examine the Addressing for the Branch2 LANs. Step 1: Examine the addressing assignment for the Branch2 LAN1 subnet and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the Branch2 LAN1 subnet? __________ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? __________ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the Branch2 LAN1 subnet? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________ Step 2: Examine the addressing assignment for the Branch2 LAN2 and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the Branch2 LAN2 subnet? __________ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? __________ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the Branch2 LAN2 subnet? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______


Page 3 of 5



6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new network address that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________

Task 4: Examine the Addressing for the Links between Routers. Step 1: Examine the addressing assignment for the link between the HQ and Branch1 routers and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the link between the HQ and Branch1 routers? _______ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? _______ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the link between the HQ and Branch1 routers? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________ Step 2: Examine the addressing assignment for the link between the HQ and Branch2 routers and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the link between the HQ and Branch2 routers? _______ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? _______ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the link between the HQ and Branch2 routers? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______ 6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new network address that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________ Step 3: Examine the addressing assignment for the link between the Branch1 and Branch2 routers and answer the questions below. 1. How many IP addresses are needed for the link between the Branch1 and Branch2 routers? _______ 2. How many IP addresses are available in the currently assigned subnet? _______ 3. Will the currently assigned subnet fulfill the size requirement for the link between the Branch1 and Branch2 routers? _______ 4. If the answer to the previous question is no, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses. ________________________________ 5. Does the subnet overlap with any of the other currently assigned networks?_______


Page 4 of 5



6. If the answer to the previous question is yes, propose a new subnet mask that will allow for the correct number of IP addresses without overlapping into any other subnets. ________________________________

Task 5: Document the Corrected Addressing Information. Record the corrected addressing information in the Addressing Table below. Subnet

Number of IP Addresses Needed

HQ LAN1

16,000

HQ LAN2

8,000

Branch1 LAN1

4,000

Branch1 LAN2

2,000

Branch2 LAN1

1,000

Branch2 LAN2

500


2


2

Link from Branch1 to Branch2

2

Network Address


Page 5 of 5

Activity 6.4.4: Basic Route Summarization Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Subnet

Network Address

HQ LAN1

172.16.64.0/23

HQ LAN2

172.16.66.0/23

EAST LAN1

172.16.68.0/24

EAST LAN2

172.16.69.0/24

WEST LAN1

172.16.70.0/25

WEST LAN2

172.16.70.128/25

Link from HQ to EAST

172.16.71.4/30

Link from HQ to WEST

172.16.71.0/30

Link from HQ to ISP

172.16.71.8/30


Page 1 of 3


Activity 6.4.4: Basic Route Summarization


Determine summarized routes that can be used to reduce the size of routing tables.

Scenario In this activity, you have been given the network shown in the Topology Diagram. The subnetting and address assignments have already been completed for the network segments. Determine summarized routes that can be used to reduce the number of entries in routing tables.

Task 1: Determine the Summary Route for the HQ LANs. Step 1: List the HQ LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1______________________________________________ LAN2______________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the two networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What are the matching bits for the two networks? ______________________________________________ 2. Add zeroes to make up the remainder of the network address in binary form. ______________________________________________ 3. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________

Task 2: Determine the Summary Route for the EAST LANs. Step 1: List the EAST LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1______________________________________________ LAN2______________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the two networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What are the matching bits for the two networks? ______________________________________________ 2. Add zeroes to make up the remainder of the network address in binary form. ______________________________________________


Page 2 of 3


Activity 6.4.4: Basic Route Summarization

3. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________

Task 3: Determine the Summary Route for the WEST LANs. Step 1: List the WEST LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1______________________________________________ LAN2______________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the two networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What are the matching bits for the two networks? ______________________________________________ 2. Add zeroes to make up the remainder of the network address in binary form. ______________________________________________ 3. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________

Task 4: Determine the Summary Route for the HQ, EAST, and WEST LANs. Step 1: List summary networks for the HQ, EAST, and WEST LANs in binary format. HQ Summary Route______________________________________________ EAST Summary Route______________________________________________ WEST Summary Route______________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the two networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What are the matching bits for the two networks? ______________________________________________ 2. Add zeroes to make up the remainder of the network address in binary form. ______________________________________________ 3. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?______________________________________________


Page 3 of 3

Activity 6.4.5: Challenge Route Summarization Topology Diagram


Page 1 of 9


Activity 6.4.5: Challenge Route Summarization

Addressing Table Subnet

Network Address

S-WEST LAN1

192.168.7.0/27

S-WEST LAN2

192.168.7.32/27

Link from WEST to N-WEST

192.168.7.64/30

Link from WEST to S-WEST

192.168.7.68/30


192.168.7.72/30

NW-BR1 LAN1

192.168.7.128/27

NW-BR1 LAN2

192.168.7.160/27

NW-BR2 LAN1

192.168.7.192/28

NW-BR2 LAN2

192.168.7.208/28

Link from N-WEST to NW-BR1

192.168.7.224/30


192.168.7.228/30

CENTRAL LAN1

192.168.6.0/25

CENTRAL LAN2

192.168.6.128/26

Link from HQ to CENTRAL

192.168.6.192/30

N-EAST LAN1

192.168.5.0/27

N-EAST LAN2

192.168.5.32/27

Link from EAST to N-EAST

192.168.5.192/30

Link from EAST to S-EAST

192.168.5.196/30


192.168.5.200/30

SE-BR1 LAN1

192.168.4.0/26

SE-BR1 LAN2

192.168.4.64/26

SE-BR2 LAN1

192.168.4.128/27

SE-BR2 LAN2

192.168.4.160/27

SE-ST1 LAN1

192.168.4.192/29

SE-ST1 LAN2

192.168.4.200/29

SE-ST2 LAN1

192.168.4.208/29

SE-ST2 LAN2

192.168.4.216/29

Link from SE-BR2 to SE-ST1

192.168.4.224/30


192.168.4.228/30

Link from S-EAST to SE-BR2

192.168.4.232/30


192.168.4.236/30


Page 2 of 9




Determine summarized routes that can be used to reduce the size of routing tables.

Scenario In this activity, you have been given the network shown in the Topology Diagram. The subnetting and address assignments have already been completed for the network segments. Determine summarized routes that can be used to reduce the number of entries in routing tables.

Task 1: Determine the Summary Route for the S-WEST LANs. Step 1: List the S-WEST LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the two networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 2: Determine the Summary Route for the NW-BR1 LANs. Step 1: List the NW-BR1 LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________


Page 3 of 9



Task 3: Determine the Summary Route for the NW-BR2 LANs. Step 1: List the NW-BR2 LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 4: Determine the Summary Route for the Northwest Portion of the Network. Use the networks listed below to determine a summary route for the Northwest portion of the network. Step 1: List the Northwest network segments in binary format. NW-BR1 Summary

____________________________________________

NW-BR2 Summary

____________________________________________


____________________________________________


____________________________________________

Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________


Page 4 of 9



Task 5: Determine the Summary Route for the West Portion of the Network. Use the networks listed below to determine a summary route for the West portion of the network. Step 1: List the West network segments in binary format. S-WEST Summary

____________________________________________

N-WEST Summary

____________________________________________

Link from WEST to N-WEST

____________________________________________

Link from WEST to S-WEST

____________________________________________


____________________________________________


Task 6: Determine the Summary Route for the Central Portion of the Network. Use the networks listed below to determine a summary route for the Central portion of the network. Step 1: List the Central network segments in binary format. CENTRAL LAN1

____________________________________________

CENTRAL LAN2

____________________________________________

Link from HQ to CENTRAL

____________________________________________



Page 5 of 9



Task 7: Determine the Summary Route for the N-EAST LANs. Step 1: List the N-EAST LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 8: Determine the Summary Route for the SE-BR1 LANs. Step 1: List the SE-BR1 LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 9: Determine the Summary Route for the SE-BR2 LANs. Step 1: List the SE-BR2 LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________


Page 6 of 9



Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 10: Determine the Summary Route for the SE-ST1 LANs. Step 1: List the SE-ST1 LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 11: Determine the Summary Route for the SE-ST2 LANs. Step 1: List the SE-ST2 LAN1 and LAN2 in binary format. LAN1 ____________________________________________ LAN2 ____________________________________________ Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________ Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________


Page 7 of 9



Task 12: Determine the Summary Route for the Southeast Portion of the Network. Use the networks listed below to determine a summary route for the Southeast portion of the network. Step 1: List the Southeast network segments in binary format. SE-BR1 Summary

____________________________________________

SE-BR2 Summary

____________________________________________

SE-ST1 Summary

____________________________________________

SE-ST2 Summary

____________________________________________


____________________________________________


____________________________________________


____________________________________________


____________________________________________


Task 13: Determine the Summary Route for the East Portion of the Network. Use the networks listed below to determine a summary route for the East portion of the network. Step 1: List the East network segments in binary format. S-EAST Summary

____________________________________________

N-EAST Summary

____________________________________________

Link from EAST to N-EAST

____________________________________________

Link from EAST to S-EAST

____________________________________________


____________________________________________

Step 2: Count the number of left-most matching bits to determine the mask for the summary route. 1. How many left-most matching bits are present in the networks?_______ 2. What is the subnet mask for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________


Page 8 of 9



Step 3: Copy the matching bits and then add all zeros to determine the summarized network address. 1. What is the summary route in binary form? ____________________________________________ 2. What is the network address for the summary route in decimal format?____________________________________________

Task 14: Determine the Summary Route for the Entire Network. Use the networks listed below to determine a summary route for the entire network. Step 1: List the East, West, and Central summary routes in binary format. EAST Summary

____________________________________________

WEST Summary

____________________________________________

CENTRAL Summary

____________________________________________



Page 9 of 9

Activity 6.4.6: Troubleshooting Route Summarization Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Router

Summary Route

Network Address

HQ

WEST LANs

172.16.52.0/21

HQ

EAST LANs

172.16.56.0/23

WEST

HQ LANs

172.16.32.0/19

WEST

EAST LANs

172.16.58.0/23

EAST

HQ LANs

172.16.30.0/20

EAST

WEST LANs

172.16.48.0/21

ISP

HQ, WEST, and EAST LANs

172.16.32.0/18


Discover errors in route summarization.

•

Propose solutions for summarized routes.

•

Document the corrected summarized routes.


Page 1 of 3


Activity 6.4.6: Troubleshooting Route Summarization

Scenario In this activity, the LAN IP addressing has already been completed for the network shown in the Topology Diagram. VLSM has been used to subnet the address space. The summary routes that are shown in the Addressing Table below the Topology Diagram are incorrect. You will need to troubleshoot the summary routes that have been assigned to determine where errors are present and determine the correct summary routes where needed.

Task 1: Examine the Summary Routes on the HQ Router. Examine the summary routes on the HQ router and answer the questions below. 1. What is the summary route for the WEST LANs? ________________________________ 2. Is this summary route correct? _______ 3. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the WEST LANs? ________________________________ 4. What is the summary route for the EAST LANs? ________________________________ 5. Is this summary route correct? _______ 6. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the EAST LANs? ________________________________

Task 2: Examine the Summary Routes on the WEST Router. Examine the summary routes on the WEST router and answer the questions below. 1. What is the summary route for the HQ LANs? ________________________________ 2. Is this summary route correct? _______ 3. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the HQ LANs? ________________________________ 4. What is the summary route for the EAST LANs? ________________________________ 5. Is this summary route correct? _______ 6. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the EAST LANs? ________________________________


Page 2 of 3


Activity 6.4.6: Troubleshooting Route Summarization

Task 3: Examine the Summary Routes on the EAST Router. Examine the summary routes on the EAST router and answer the questions below. 1. What is the summary route for the WEST LANs? ________________________________ 2. Is this summary route correct? _______ 3. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the WEST LANs? ________________________________ 4. What is the summary route for the HQ LANs? ________________________________ 5. Is this summary route correct? _______ 6. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the HQ LANs? ________________________________

Task 4: Examine the Summary Route on the ISP Router. Examine the summary route on the ISP router and answer the questions below. 1. What is the summary route for the HQ, WEST, and EAST LANs? ________________________________ 2. Is this summary route correct? _______ 3. If the route is not correct, what is the correct summary route for the HQ, WEST, and EAST LANs? ________________________________

Task 5: Document the Corrected Summary Routes. Record the corrected summary routes in the Addressing Table below.

Router

Summary Route

HQ

WEST LANs

HQ

EAST LANs

WEST

HQ LANs

WEST

EAST LANs

EAST

HQ LANs

EAST

WEST LANs

ISP

HQ, WEST, and EAST LANs

Network Address


Page 3 of 3



Page 1 of 8


Activity 6.5.1: Packet Tracer Skills Integration challenge Activity


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.5

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R1

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R1

Web Server 1


Page 2 of 8




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.10

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.6

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.9

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.229

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.230

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R2

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R2

Web Server 2

Objectives •


•


•


•

Configure RIPv2 routing in Region 1 (commands provided) and static routing Region 2

•


•


•



Page 3 of 8





•

The address space for Region 1 is 10.1.0.0/16. Each branch router (B1-R1, B2-R1, and B3-R1) should be allotted address space based on the following requirements. Starting with the largest requirement, assign address space to each router B1-R1 needs space for 32,000 hosts ____________________ B2-R1 needs space for 16,000 hosts ____________________ B3-R1 needs space for 8,000 hosts ____________________

•

Divide the address space for each branch router into four equal subnets. Record the subnets in the table below.

•

Router

Subnet Number

B1-R1 Fa0/0

0

B1-R1 Fa0/1

1

B1-R1 Fa1/0

2

B1-R1 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B2-R1 Fa0/0

0

B2-R1 Fa0/1

1

B2-R1 Fa1/0

2

B2-R1 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B3-R1 Fa0/0

0

B3-R1 Fa0/1

1

B3-R1 Fa1/0

2

B3-R1 Fa1/1

3

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

For the WANs in Region 1, subnet the address space 10.1.255.240/28. Record the subnets in the table below. Router

Subnet Number

B1-R1 <--> R1

0

Subnet Address


Page 4 of 8



Router

Subnet Number

B2-R1 <--> R1

1

B3-R1 <--> R1

2

Subnet Address

•


•


•

Router

Subnet Number

B1-R2 Fa0/0

0

B1-R2 Fa0/1

1

B1-R2 Fa1/0

2

B1-R2 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B2-R2 Fa0/0

0

B2-R2 Fa0/1

1

B2-R2 Fa1/0

2

B2-R2 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B3-R2 Fa0/0

0

B3-R2 Fa0/1

1

B3-R2 Fa1/0

2

B3-R2 Fa1/1

3

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

Subnet Address


Subnet Number

B1-R2 <--> R2

0

B2-R2 <--> R2

1

Subnet Address


Page 5 of 8



Router

Subnet Number

B3-R2 <--> R2

2

Subnet Address


Page 6 of 8





•


•

For the WAN links, assign the first IP address to R1 and R2 for links to each router’s perspective B1, B2, and B3 routers.



Task 5: Configure RIPv2 routing in Region 1 and static routing Region 2. Step 1: Configure RIPv2 routing in Region 1. Configure all routers in Region 1 (R1, B1-R1, B2-R1, and B3-R1) with RIP as the dynamic routing protocol. In order to fully appreciate the implementation of your VLSM design in a dynamic routing environment, add the following two commands to your RIP configurations: Router(config-router)#version 2 Router(config-router)#no auto-summary The version 2 command enables RIPv2 which includes the sending of subnet mask information in routing updates. By default, RIPv2 summarizes updates at classful boundaries just like RIPv1. The no auto-summary command disables. These two commands will be fully explained in the next chapter. Step 2: Configure static routing Region 2. Region 2 is not using a dynamic routing protocol. Configure the routers with the necessary static and default routes to insure full end-to-end connectivity. •

R2 should have three static routes and one default route.

•

B1-R2, B2-R2, and B3-R2 should have one default route each.


Task 7: Configure default routes and redistribute through RIP. In Region 1, determine which router needs a default route. Then configure that router to redistribute the default route to other routers in the region.


Page 7 of 8





•




Page 8 of 8

Lab 7.5.1: RIPv2 Basic Configuration Lab Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.30.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/1

172.30.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.200.230

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

10.1.0.1

255.255.0.0

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.200.229

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.200.233

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.30.100.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.200.234

255.255.255.252

N/A

Lo0

172.30.110.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Lo1

172.30.200.17

255.255.255.240

N/A

Lo2

172.30.200.33

255.255.255.240

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.30.1.10

255.255.255.0

172.30.2.1

PC2

NIC

172.30.2.10

255.255.255.0

172.30.1.1

PC3

NIC

10.1.0.10

255.255.0.0

10.1.0.1

PC4

NIC

172.30.100.10

255.255.255.0

172.30.100.1

R1

R2

R3


Page 1 of 12

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: RIPv2

Lab 7.5.1: RIPv2 Basic Configuration Lab



•

Load provided scripts onto the routers.

•

Examine the current status of the network.

•

Configure RIPv2 on all routers.

•

Examine the automatic summarization of routes.

•

Examine routing updates with debug ip rip.

•

Disable automatic summarization.

•

Examine the routing tables.

•

Verify network connectivity.

•

Document the RIPv2 configuration.

Scenario The network shown in the Topology Diagram contains a discontiguous network, 172.30.0.0. This network has been subnetted using VLSM. The 172.30.0.0 subnets are physically and logically divided by at least one other classful or major network, in this case the two serial networks 209.165.200.228/30 and 209.165.200.232/30. This can be an issue when the routing protocol used does not include enough information to distinguish the individual subnets. RIPv2 is a classless routing protocol that can be used to provide subnet mask information in the routing updates. This will allow VLSM subnet information to be propagated throughout the network.

Task 1: Cable, Erase, and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Cable a network. Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. Step 2: Clear the configuration on each router. Clear the configuration on each of routers using the erase startup-config command and then reload the routers. Answer no if asked to save changes.

Task 2: Load Routers with the Supplied Scripts. Step 1: Load the following script onto R1. ! hostname R1 ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.30.1.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 172.30.2.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 12



speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.200.230 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! router rip passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 passive-interface FastEthernet0/1 network 172.30.0.0 network 209.165.200.0 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end

Step 2: Load the following script onto R2. hostname R2 ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.1.0.1 255.255.0.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.200.229 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.200.233 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! router rip passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 network 10.0.0.0 network 209.165.200.0 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end

Step 3: Load the following script onto R3.


Page 3 of 12



hostname R3 ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.30.100.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.200.234 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Loopback0 ip address 172.30.110.1 255.255.255.0 ! interface Loopback1 ip address 172.30.200.17 255.255.255.240 ! interface Loopback2 ip address 172.30.200.33 255.255.255.240 ! router rip passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 network 172.30.0.0 network 209.165.200.0 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! end

Task 3: Examine the Current Status of the Network. Step 1: Verify that both serial links are up. The two serial links can quickly be verified using the show ip interface brief command on R2. R2#show ip interface brief Interface IP-Address FastEthernet0/0 10.1.0.1 FastEthernet0/1 unassigned Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.229 Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.233 Vlan1 unassigned

OK? YES YES YES YES YES

Method manual manual manual manual manual

Status Protocol up up administratively down down up up up up administratively down down

Step 2: Check the connectivity from R2 to the hosts on the R1 and R3 LANs. From the R2 router, how many ICMP messages are successful when pinging PC1? _______________________________________________________________________ From the R2 router, how many ICMP messages are successful when pinging PC4? ______________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 12



Step 3: Check the connectivity between the PCs. From the PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From the PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From the PC1, is it possible to ping PC4? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From the PC4, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From the PC4, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ What is the success rate? __________ Step 4: View the routing table on R2. Both the R1 and R3 are advertising routes to the 172.30.0.0/16 network; therefore, there are two entries for this network in the R2 routing table. The R2 routing table only shows the major classful network address of 172.30.0.0—it does not show any of the subnets for this network that are used on the LANs attached to R1 and R3. Because the routing metric is the same for both entries, the router alternates the routes that are used when forwarding packets that are destined for the 172.30.0.0/16 network. R2#show ip route Output omitted

C R

C C

10.0.0.0/16 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.1.0.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.0.0/16 [120/1] via 209.165.200.230, 00:00:24, Serial0/0/0 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:00:15, Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.232 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Step 5: Examine the routing table on the R1 router. Both R1 and R3 are configured with interfaces on a discontiguous network, 172.30.0.0. The 172.30.0.0 subnets are physically and logically divided by at least one other classful or major network—in this case, the two serial networks 209.165.200.228/30 and 209.165.200.232/30. Classful routing protocols like RIPv1 summarize networks at major network boundaries. Both R1 and R3 will be summarizing 172.30.0.0/24 subnets to 172.30.0.0/16. Because the route to 172.30.0.0/16 is directly connected, and because R1 does not have any specific routes for the 172.30.0.0 subnets on R3, packets destined for the R3 LANs will not be forwarded properly. R1#show ip route Output omitted


Page 5 of 12


R C C C R


10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:02, Serial0/0/0 172.30.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.30.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.2.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.232 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:02, Serial0/0/0

Step 6: Examine the routing table on the R3 router. R3 only shows its own subnets for 172.30.0.0 network: 172.30.100/24, 172.30.110/24, 172.30.200.16/28, and 172.30.200.32/28. R3 does not have any routes for the 172.30.0.0 subnets on R1. R3#show ip route Output omitted R C C C C R C

10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 172.30.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks 172.30.100.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.110.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 172.30.200.16/28 is directly connected, Loopback1 172.30.200.32/28 is directly connected, Loopback2 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:19, Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.232 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Step 7: Examine the RIPv1 packets that are being received by R2. Use the debug ip rip command to display RIP routing updates. R2 is receiving the route 172.30.0.0, with 1 hop, from both R1 and R3. Because these are equal cost metrics, both routes are added to the R2 routing table. Because RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol, no subnet mask information is sent in the update. R2#debug ip rip RIP protocol debugging is on RIP: received v1 update from 209.165.200.234 on Serial0/0/1 172.30.0.0 in 1 hops RIP: received v1 update from 209.165.200.230 on Serial0/0/0 172.30.0.0 in 1 hops R2 is sending only the routes for the 10.0.0.0 LAN and the two serial connections to R1 and R3. R1 and R3 are not receiving any information about the 172.30.0.0 subnet routes. RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0/0/1 (209.165.200.233) RIP: build update entries network 10.0.0.0 metric 1 network 209.165.200.228 metric 1 RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0/0/0 (209.165.200.229) RIP: build update entries network 10.0.0.0 metric 1 network 209.165.200.232 metric 1


Page 6 of 12



When you are finished, turn off the debugging. R2#undebug all

Task 4: Configure RIP Version 2. Step 1: Use the version 2 command to enable RIP version 2 on each of the routers. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#version 2 R1(config)#router rip R1(config-router)#version 2 R3(config)#router rip R3(config-router)#version 2 RIPv2 messages include the subnet mask in a field in the routing updates. This allows subnets and their masks to be included in the routing updates. However, by default RIPv2 summarizes networks at major network boundaries, just like RIPv1, except that the subnet mask is included in the update. Step 2: Verify that RIPv2 is running on the routers. The debug ip rip, show ip protocols, and show run commands can all be used to confirm that RIPv2 is running. The output of the show ip protocols command for R1 is shown below. R1# show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "rip" Sending updates every 30 seconds, next due in 7 seconds Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 180, flushed after 240 Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set Redistributing: rip Default version control: send version 2, receive 2 Interface Send Recv Triggered RIP Key-chain FastEthernet0/0 2 2 FastEthernet0/1 2 2 Serial0/0/0 2 2 Automatic network summarization is in effect Maximum path: 4 Routing for Networks: 172.30.0.0 209.165.200.0 Passive Interface(s): FastEthernet0/0 FastEthernet0/1 Routing Information Sources: Gateway Distance Last Update 209.165.200.229 120 Distance: (default is 120)


Page 7 of 12



Task 5: Examine the Automatic Summarization of Routes. The LANs connected to R1 and R3 are still composed of discontiguous networks. R2 still shows two equal cost paths to the 172.30.0.0/16 network in the routing table. R2 still shows only the major classful network address of 172.30.0.0 and does not show any of the subnets for this network. R2#show ip route Output omitted

C R

C C

10.0.0.0/16 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.1.0.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.0.0/16 [120/1] via 209.165.200.230, 00:00:07, Serial0/0/0 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.232 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

R1 still shows only its own subnets for the 172.30.0.0 network. R1 still does not have any routes for the 172.30.0.0 subnets on R3. R1#show ip route Output omitted R C C C R

10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0 172.30.0.0/24 is subnetted, 2 subnets 172.30.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.2.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.232 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0

R3 still only shows its own subnets for the 172.30.0.0 network. R3 still does not have any routes for the 172.30.0.0 subnets on R1. R3#show ip route Output omitted R C C C C R C

10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:16, Serial0/0/1 172.30.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks 172.30.100.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.110.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 172.30.200.16/28 is directly connected, Loopback1 172.30.200.32/28 is directly connected, Loopback2 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:16, Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.232 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1


Page 8 of 12



Use the output of the debug ip rip command to answer the following questions: What entries are included in the RIP updates sent out from R3? ___________________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________ ______________________________

On R2, what routes are in the RIP updates that are received from R3? __________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ R3 is not sending any of the 172.30.0.0 subnets—only the summarized route of 172.30.0.0/16, including the subnet mask. This is why R2 and R1 are not seeing the 172.30.0.0 subnets on R3.

Task 6: Disable Automatic Summarization. The no auto-summary command is used to turn off automatic summarization in RIPv2. Disable auto summarization on all routers. The routers will no longer summarize routes at major network boundaries. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#no auto-summary R1(config)#router rip R1(config-router)#no auto-summary R3(config)#router rip R3(config-router)#no auto-summary The show ip route and ping commands can be used to verify that automatic summarization is off.

Task 7: Examine the Routing Tables. The LANs connected to R1 and R3 should now be included in all three routing tables. R2#show ip route Output omitted

C R R

10.0.0.0/16 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.1.0.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 7 subnets, 3 masks 172.30.0.0/16 [120/1] via 209.165.200.230, 00:01:28, Serial0/0/0 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:01:56, Serial0/0/1 172.30.1.0/24 [120/1] via 209.165.200.230, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/0


Page 9 of 12


R R R R R C C


172.30.2.0/24 [120/1] via 209.165.200.230, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/0 172.30.100.0/24 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 172.30.110.0/24 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 172.30.200.16/28 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 172.30.200.32/28 [120/1] via 209.165.200.234, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.232 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1R2#

R1#show ip route Output omitted

R R C C R R R R C R

10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:02:13, Serial0/0/0 10.1.0.0/16 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.30.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 6 subnets, 2 masks 172.30.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 172.30.100.0/24 [120/2] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.30.110.0/24 [120/2] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.30.200.16/28 [120/2] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.30.200.32/28 [120/2] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 209.165.200.232 [120/1] via 209.165.200.229, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0

R3#show ip route Output omitted

R R R R C C C C R C

10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 10.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:02:28, Serial0/0/1 10.1.0.0/16 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 172.30.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 6 subnets, 2 masks 172.30.1.0/24 [120/2] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 172.30.2.0/24 [120/2] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 172.30.100.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.30.110.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 172.30.200.16/28 is directly connected, Loopback1 172.30.200.32/28 is directly connected, Loopback2 209.165.200.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 209.165.200.228 [120/1] via 209.165.200.233, 00:00:08, Serial0/0/1 209.165.200.232 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Use the output of the debug ip rip command to answer the following questions: What entries are included in the RIP updates sent out from R1? __________________________________ __________________________________ _____________________________________________




On R2, what routes are in the RIP updates that are received from R1? __________________________________ __________________________________ _____________________________________________ Are the subnet masks now included in the routing updates? __________

Task 8: Verify Network Connectivity. Step 1: Check connectivity between R2 router and PCs. From R2, how many ICMP messages are successful when pinging PC1? _____________________________________________________ From R2, how many ICMP messages are successful when pinging PC4? ______________________________________________________

Step 2: Check the connectivity between the PCs. From PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From PC1, is it possible to ping PC4? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From PC4, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ What is the success rate? __________ From PC4, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ What is the success rate? __________


show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols

If you need to review the procedures for capturing command output, refer to Lab 1.5.1.






Lab 7.5.2: RIPv2 Challenge Configuration Lab Topology Diagram


BRANCH

HQ

ISP

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

PC4

NIC

PC5

NIC


Page 1 of 8


Lab 7.5.2: RIPv2 Challenge Configuration Lab


Create an efficient VLSM design given the requirements.

•

Assign appropriate addresses to interfaces and document the addresses.

•


•


•

Configure routers including RIP version 2.

•


•

Verify RIP version 2 operation.

•


•


Scenario In this lab activity, you will be given a network address that must be subnetted using VLSM to complete the addressing of the network shown in the Topology Diagram. A combination of RIP version 2 and static routing will be required so that hosts on networks that are not directly connected will be able to communicate with each other.


The ISP LAN will use the 209.165.200.224/27 network.

•

The link between ISP and HQ will use the 209.165.202.128/27 network.

•

The 192.168.40.0/24 network must be subnetted using VLSM for all other addresses in the network. •


•


•

The BRANCH LAN1 will require 30 host IP addresses.

•

The BRANCH LAN2 will require 12 host IP addresses.

•

The link between HQ and BRANCH will require an IP address at each end.

Step 2: Consider the following questions when creating your network design: How many subnets need to be created from the 192.168.40.0/24 network? _________ How many total IP addresses are required from the 192.168.40.0/24 network? __________ What subnet mask will be used for the HQ LAN1 subnet? ____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ What subnet mask will be used for the HQ LAN2 subnet? ____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ What subnet mask will be used for the BRANCH LAN1 subnet? ____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ What subnet mask will be used for the BRANCH LAN2 subnet? ____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 8



What subnet mask will be used for the link between the HQ and BRANCH routers? ____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ Step 3: Assign subnetwork addresses to the Topology Diagram. 1. Assign subnet 0 of the 192.168.40.0 network to the HQ LAN1 subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ____________________ 2. Assign subnet 1 of the 192.168.40.0 network to the HQ LAN2 subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ____________________ 3. Assign subnet 2 of the 192.168.40.0 network to the BRANCH LAN1 subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ____________________ 4. Assign subnet 3 of the 192.168.40.0 network to the BRANCH LAN2 subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ____________________ 5. Assign subnet 4 of the 192.168.40.0 network to the link between the HQ and BRANCH routers. What is the network address of this subnet? ____________________

Task 2: Determine Interface Addresses. Step 1: Assign appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the 209.165.200.224/27 network to the LAN interface on the ISP router. 2. Assign the last valid host address in 209.165.200.224/27 network to PC5. 3. Assign the first valid host address in the 209.165.202.128/27 network to the WAN interface of ISP. 4. Assign the last valid host address in the 209.165.202.128/27 network to the Serial 0/0/1 interface of HQ. 5. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN1 network to the LAN1 interface of HQ. 6. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ LAN1 network to PC 3. 7. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ LAN2 network to the LAN2 interface of HQ. 8. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ LAN2 network to PC 4. 9. Assign the first valid host address in the HQ/BRANCH WAN link to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of HQ. 10. Assign the last valid host address in the HQ/BRANCH WAN link to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of BRANCH. 11. Assign the first valid host address in the BRANCH LAN1 network to the LAN1 interface of HQ. 12. Assign the last valid host address in the BRANCH LAN1 network to PC 1. 13. Assign the first valid host address in the BRANCH LAN2 network to the LAN2 interface of HQ. 14. Assign the last valid host address in the BRANCH LAN2 network to PC 2.


Page 3 of 8



Step 2: Document the addresses to be used in the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 3: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces as shown in the topology. Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.


Task 5: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses Step 1: Configure the BRANCH, HQ, and ISP routers. Configure the interfaces on BRANCH, HQ, and ISP with the IP addresses from the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 2: Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, PC3, PC4, and PC5. Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, PC3, PC4, and PC5 with the IP addresses from the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 6: Verify Connectivity to Next-Hop Device. You should not have connectivity between end devices yet. However, you can test connectivity between two routers and between an end device and its default gateway. Step 1: Verify BRANCH connectivity. Verify that BRANCH can ping across the WAN link to HQ and that HQ can ping across the WAN link it shares with ISP.


Page 4 of 8



Step 2: Verify that PC1, PC2, PC3, PC4, and PC5 can ping their respective default gateways.

Task 7: Configure RIPv2 Routing on the BRANCH Router. Consider the networks that need to be included in the RIP updates that are sent out by BRANCH. What networks are present in the BRANCH routing table? List the networks with slash notation.

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What commands are required to enable RIP version 2 and include the connected networks in the routing updates?

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have RIP updates sent out? __________ What command is used to disable RIP updates on these interfaces?

________________________________________ ________________________________________

Task 8: Configure RIPv2 and Static Routing on HQ. Consider the type of static routing that is needed on HQ. What networks are present in the HQ routing table? List the networks with slash notation.

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ A static default route will need to be configured to send all packets with destination addresses that are not in the routing table to ISP. What command is needed to accomplish this? Use the appropriate exit interface on HQ in the command.

_______________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 5 of 8



What commands are required to enable RIP version 2 and include the LAN1 and LAN2 networks as well as the link between HQ and BRANCH in the routing updates?

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have RIP updates sent out? __________ What command is used to disable RIP updates on these interfaces?

_______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ HQ needs to send the default route information to BRANCH in the RIP updates. What command is used to configure this?

_______________________________________________________________________

Task 9: Configure Static Routing on the ISP Router. Note: In a real-world implementation of this topology, you would not be configuring the ISP router. However, your service provider is an active partner in solving your connectivity needs. Service provider administrators are human, too, and make mistakes. Therefore, it is important that you understand the types of errors an ISP could make that would cause your networks to lose connectivity. Static routes will need to be configured on ISP for all traffic that is destined for the RFC 1918 addresses that are used on the BRANCH LANs, HQ LANs, and the link between the BRANCH and HQ routers. What are the commands that will need to be configured on the ISP router to accomplish this?

_______________________________________________________________________

Task 10: Verify the Configurations. Answer the following questions to verify that the network is operating as expected: From PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From PC1, is it possible to ping the PC5? __________ From PC4, is it possible to ping the PC5? __________ The answer to the above questions should be yes. If any of the above pings failed, check your physical connections and configurations. Refer to your basic troubleshooting techniques used in the Chapter 1 labs.


Page 6 of 8



What routes are present in the routing table of the BRANCH router?

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of BRANCH?

________________________________________ What routes are present in the routing table of the HQ router?

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What networks are present in the routing table of ISP?

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What networks are present in the RIP updates sent from HQ?

________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________


Page 7 of 8



What networks are present in the RIP updates sent from BRANCH?

________________________________________ ________________________________________

Task 11: Reflection Why is it necessary to use RIPv2 instead of RIPv1 with this network design?

______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

Task 12: Document the Router Configurations On each router, capture the following command output to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference. •


•

Routing table

•




Page 8 of 8

Lab 7.5.3: RIPv2 Troubleshooting Lab Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.128

N/A

Fa0/1

192.168.1.129

255.255.255.192

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.200.229

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.0.1

255.255.254.0

N/A

Fa0/1

172.16.2.1

255.255.254.0

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.4.1

255.255.255.128

N/A

Fa0/1

172.16.4.129

255.255.255.128

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.200.230

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.16.0.10

255.255.254.0

172.16.0.1

PC2

NIC

172.16.2.10

255.255.254.0

172.176.2.1

PC3

NIC

192.168.1.10

255.255.255.128

192.168.1.1

PC4

NIC

192.168.1.138

255.255.255.192

192.168.1.129

PC5

NIC

172.16.4.10

255.255.255.128

172.16.4.1

PC6

NIC

172.16.4.138

255.255.255.128

172.16.4.129

HQ

BRANCH1

BRANCH2


Page 1 of 13


Lab 7.5.3: RIPv2 Troubleshooting Lab



•


•


•

Gather information about the non-converged portion of the network along with any other errors.

•

Analyze information to determine why convergence is not complete.

•


•


•


Scenario In this lab, you will begin by loading configuration scripts on each of the routers. These scripts contain errors that will prevent end-to-end communication across the network. You will need to troubleshoot each router to determine the configuration errors, and then use the appropriate commands to correct the configurations. When you have corrected all of the configuration errors, all of the hosts on the network should be able to communicate with each other. The network should also have the following requirements met:. •

RIPv2 routing is configured on the BRANCH1 router.

•

RIPv2 routing is configured on the BRANCH2 router.

•

RIPv2 routing is configured on the HQ router.

•

RIP updates must be disabled on the BRANCH1, BRANCH2, and HQ LAN interfaces.

Task 1: Cable, Erase, and Reload the Routers. Step 1: Cable a network. Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. Step 2: Clear the configuration on each router. Clear the configuration on each of the routers using the erase startup-config command and then reload the routers. Answer no if asked to save changes.

Task 2: Load Routers with the Supplied Scripts Step 1: Load the following script onto the BRANCH1 router: hostname BRANCH1 ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.16.0.1 255.255.254.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1 All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 13



ip address 172.16.2.1 255.255.254.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.200.226 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! router rip passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 passive-interface FastEthernet0/1 network 172.16.0.0 network 209.165.200.0 ! ip classless ! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end

Step 2: Load the following script onto the BRANCH2 router. hostname BRANCH2 ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.16.4.129 255.255.255.128 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 172.16.4.1 255.255.255.128 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.200.230 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! router rip version 2 passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 passive-interface FastEthernet0/1 network 209.165.200.0 ! All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 13



ip classless ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end

Step 3: Load the following script onto the HQ router. hostname HQ ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.128 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface FastEthernet0/1 ip address 192.168.1.129 255.255.255.192 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.200.225 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.200.229 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! router rip version 2 passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 passive-interface FastEthernet0/1 network 192.168.1.0 network 209.165.200.0 ! ip classless ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end


Page 4 of 13



Task 3: Troubleshoot the BRANCH1 Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host connected to BRANCH1. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC5? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ Step 2: Examine BRANCH1 to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on BRANCH1. What networks and routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 5 of 13



Are there any problems with the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table that could be due to errors on other parts of the network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ What networks are included in the RIP updates being sent from BRANCH1? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the RIP updates that are being sent out from the router? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any additional problems with the RIP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above; apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors? __________


Page 6 of 13



Does the information included in the RIP updates that are sent out indicate any configuration errors? __________ If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. What networks and routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC4? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the HQ router? __________

Task 4: Troubleshoot HQ Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the host PC3. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC5? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ Step 2: Examine the HQ router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 13



Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View the summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on Branch 2. What networks and routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing table, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ What networks are included in the RIP updates? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the RIP updates that are being sent out from HQ? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 8 of 13



If there are any problems with the RIP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on HQ? __________ Does the information included in the RIP updates that are sent out indicate any configuration errors on HQ? __________ If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC5? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________

Task 5: Troubleshoot BRANCH2 Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host PC5. From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC6? __________ From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ Step 2: Examine BRANCH2 to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________


Page 9 of 13



If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View the summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on BRANCH2. Begin by viewing the routing table. What networks and routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________




Step 6: Examine the routes that are being sent out in the routing updates from BRANCH2. Are there any problems with these routing updates? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 7: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 8: Attempt to ping the hosts again. From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC6? __________ From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ From the HQ router, is it possible to ping PC1? ___________ From the HQ router, is it possible to ping PC5? ____________ Step 9: Examine the routing updates that are being received on BRANCH2. What networks are being received in the RIP updates? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with these routing updates? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the routing configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Do these commands need to be applied only to BRANCH2, or do they also need to be applied to any other routers in the network?




____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 10: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 11: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view routing table again. Does the information in routing table or routing updates indicate any configuration errors? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. Step 12: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC6? __________ From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC5, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the HQ router, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the HQ router, is it possible to ping PC5? __________

Task 6: Reflection There were a number of configuration errors in the scripts that were provided for this lab. Use the space below to write a brief description of the errors that you found. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________





show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols

If you need to review the procedures for capturing command output, refer to Lab 1.5.1





Page 1 of 4




HQ

B1

B2

B3

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

S0/1/0

N/A

S0/1/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

Fa0/0

209.165.202.129

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

Web Server

NIC

209.165.202.130

255.255.255.252

209.165.202.129

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

PC4

NIC

PC5

NIC

PC6

NIC

PC7

NIC

PC8

NIC

ISP


Page 2 of 4



Objectives •


•


•


•

Test connectivity between directly connected devices.

•

Configure RIPv2 routing.

•

Configure static and default routing for Internet access.

•


Task 1: Design and document an addressing scheme. Step 1: Design an addressing scheme. Based on the network requirements shown in the topology, design an appropriate addressing scheme Step 2: Document the addressing scheme. •

Use the blank spaces on the topology to record the network addresses in dotted-decimal/slash format

•

Use the table provided in the printed instructions to document the IP addresses, subnet masks and default gateway addresses.

Task 2: Select equipment and cable devices. Step 1: Select the necessary equipment. Select the remaining devices you will need and add them to the working space inside Packet Tracer. Step 2: Finish cabling the devices. Cable the networks according to the topology taking care that interfaces match your documentation in Task 1.

Task 3: Apply a basic configuration. Step 1: Configure the routers. Using your documentation, configure the routers with basic configurations Step 2: Configure the PCs. Using your documentation, configure the PCs with an IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

Task 4: Test connectivity. Before continuing, make sure that each device can ping its directly connected neighbor.


Page 3 of 4



Task 5: Configure and verify RIPv2 routing. Step 1: Configure RIPv2. Configure all devices with RIPv2 routing. In your configuration, make sure you include the following: •


•

Stop routing updates on interfaces that are not connected to RIP neighbors.

Step 2: Verify RIPv2. Use verification commands to check your configuration. All routers should be converged on all the 10.2.0.0/24 and 172.17.1.224/28 subnets

Task 6: Configure static and default routing. Task 7: Test connectivity and examine the configuration. Test connectivity and examine the configuration.


Page 4 of 4

Lab 8.4.1: Investigating the Routing Table Lookup Process



•


•


•

Determine level 1 and level 2 routes.

•

Modify the configuration to reflect static and default routing

•

Enable classful routing and investigate classful routing behavior

•

Enable classless routing and investigate classless routing behavior

Scenarios In this lab activity, there are two separate scenarios. In the first scenario, you will examine level 1 and level 2 routes in the routing table. In the second scenario, you will examine classful and classless routing behavior. •

Scenario A: Level 1 and Level 2 Routes

•

Scenario B: Classful and Classless Routing Behavior


Page 1 of 10

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: The Routing Table: A Closer Look

Lab 8.4.1: Investigating the Routing Table Lookup Proccess

Scenario A: Level 1 and Level 2 Routes Topology Diagram

Addressing Table

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.16.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.3.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.2.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.4.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.1.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.16.1.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.1.1

PC2

NIC

172.16.3.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.3.1

PC3

NIC

172.16.4.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.4.1

Device R1

R2

R3

Task 1: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different.


Page 2 of 10



Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.



Task 4: Configure RIP. Configure RIP version 1 routing on each of the routers. Include network statements for each of the directly connected networks.


Page 3 of 10



Task 5: Observe Routes Being Deleted and Added to the Routing Table. Step 1: View the routing table on the R1 router. What networks are shown in the routing table? ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Step 2: Use the debug ip routing command to observe changes in the routing table as they occur on the R1 router. R1#debug ip routing IP routing debugging is on Step 3: Shut down the Serial0/0/0 interface and observe the debug output. R1(config-if)#shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to administratively down RT: interface Serial0/0/0 removed from routing table %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Serial0/0/0, changed state to downRT: del 172.16.0.0 via 172.16.2.2, rip metric [120/2] RT: delete network route to 172.16.0.0 RT: NET-RED 172.16.0.0/16 RT: del 172.16.2.0 via 0.0.0.0, connected metric [0/0] RT: delete network route to 172.16.2.0 RT: NET-RED 172.16.2.0/24 RT: del 172.16.3.0 via 172.16.2.2, rip metric [120/1] RT: delete network route to 172.16.3.0 RT: NET-RED 172.16.3.0/24 RT: del 192.168.1.0 via 172.16.2.2, rip metric [120/1] RT: delete network route to 192.168.1.0 RT: NET-RED 192.168.1.0/24 Step 4: View the routing table on the R1 router and observe the changes that occurred when the Serial0/0/0 interface was disabled. R1# show ip route Gateway of last resort is not set

C R1#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 1 subnets 172.16.1.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0


Page 4 of 10



Step 5: Enable the Serial0/0/0 interface and observe the debug output. R1(config-if)#no shutdown RT: SET_LAST_RDB for 172.16.2.0/24 NEW rdb: is directly connected RT: add 172.16.2.0/24 via 0.0.0.0, connected metric [0/0] RT: NET-RED 172.16.2.0/24RT: SET_LAST_RDB for 172.16.0.0/16 NEW rdb: via 172.16.2.2 RT: add 172.16.0.0/16 via 172.16.2.2, rip metric [120/2] RT: NET-RED 172.16.0.0/16RT: SET_LAST_RDB for 172.16.3.0/24 NEW rdb: via 172.16.2.2 RT: add 172.16.3.0/24 via 172.16.2.2, rip metric [120/1] RT: NET-RED 172.16.3.0/24RT: SET_LAST_RDB for 192.168.1.0/24 NEW rdb: via 172.16.2.2 RT: add 192.168.1.0/24 via 172.16.2.2, rip metric [120/1] RT: NET-RED 192.168.1.0/24 Why is the route to 172.16.2.0/24 added first? _________________________________________________________________________ Why is there a delay before the other routes are added? _________________________________________________________________________

Step 6: Disable the debug output with either the no debug ip routing or the undebug all command.

Task 6: Determine Level 1 and Level 2 Routes Step 1: Examine the R1 routing table. R1#show ip route Gateway of last resort is not set

R C C R R R1#

172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 2 masks 172.16.0.0/16 [120/2] via 172.16.2.2, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.2.2, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [120/1] via 172.16.2.2, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0


Page 5 of 10



Which of these routes are level 1 routes? ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Why are these routes level 1 routes? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Are any of the level 1 routes ultimate routes? _________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Why is this route an ultimate route? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Are any of the level 1 routes parent routes? ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ Why is this route a level 1 parent route? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Which of the routes are level 2 routes? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ Why are these routes level 2 routes? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________


Page 6 of 10



Scenario B: Classful and Classless Routing Behavior Topology Diagram

Task 1: Make Changes between Scenario A and Scenario B Step 1: Remove the RIP configuration from R3 and configure a static route to 172.16.0.0/16. R3(config)#no router rip R3(config)#ip route 172.16.0.0 255.255.0.0 Serial0/0/1

Step 2: Remove the 192.168.1.0 network from the R2 RIP configuration. R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#no network 192.168.1.0

Step 3: Add a static default route to R3 on the R2 router. Include the default-information originate command in the configuration so that the default static route is included in the RIP updates. R2(config)#ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Serial0/0/1 R2(config)#router rip R2(config-router)#default-information originate


Page 7 of 10



Task 2: Enable Classful Routing Behavior on the Routers Step 1: Use the no ip classless command to configure the route lookup process to use classful route lookups. R1 R1(config)#no ip classless R2 R2(config)#no ip classless R3 R3(config)#no ip classless

Step 2: Examine the routing table on the R2 router. R2#show ip route Gateway of last resort is not set

R R C C C R2#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets 172.16.0.0 [120/1] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0/0/1 172.16.1.0 [120/1] via 172.16.2.1, 00:00:00, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Step 3: Ping from R2 to PC3 and observe the results. R2#ping 172.16.4.10 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.16.4.10, timeout is 2 seconds: ..... Success rate is 0 percent (0/5 ) The ping is unsuccessful because the router is using classful routing behavior. The route lookup process on the R2 router searches the routing table and finds that the first 16 bits of the destination address are a match with the parent route 172.16.0.0/16. Since the destination address matches the parent route, the child routes are checked. What are the child routes of the 172.16.0.0/16 parent network? ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ How many bits in the destination address must match in order for a packet to be forwarded using one of the child routes? ________


Page 8 of 10



Does the destination address of the ping packets match any of the child routes of 172.16.0.0/16? ________ Since the no ip classless command has been used to configure the R2 router to use classful routing behavior, once a level 1 match is found the router will not search beyond the child routes for a lesser match. Even though there is a default static route configured, it will not be used, and the packet will be dropped.

Task 3: Enable Classless Routing Behavior on the Routers Step 1: Use the ip classless command to reenable classless routing. R1 R1(config)#ip classless R2 R2(config)#ip classless R3 R3(config)#ip classless Step 2: Examine the routing table on R2. Notice that the routing table is the still the same even though the router configuration has been changed to use classless routing behavior. R2#show ip route Gateway of last resort is not set

R R C C C R2#

172.16.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets 172.16.0.0 [120/1] via 192.168.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0/0/1 172.16.1.0 [120/1] via 172.16.2.1, 00:00:00, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Step 3: Repeat the ping from R2 to PC3 and observe results. R2#ping 172.16.4.10 Type escape sequence to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.16.4.10, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100 percent, round-trip min/avg/max = 28/28/28 ms The ping is successful this time because the router is using classless routing behavior. The destination address of the packet is a match with the level 1 parent route 172.16.0.0/16 but there is not a match with any of the child routes of this parent route.


Page 9 of 10



Since classless routing behavior is configured, the router will now continue to search the routing table for a route where there may be fewer bits that match, but the route is still a match. The mask of a default route is /0, which means that no bits need to match. In classless routing behavior, if no other route matches, the default route will always match. S*

0.0.0.0/0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Since there is a default route configured on the R2 router, this route is used to forward the packets to PC3. Step 4: Examine the routing table on R3 to determine how the traffic generated by the ping command is returned to R2. R3#show ip route Gateway of last resort is not set

S C C R3#

172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 172.16.0.0/16 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 172.16.4.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Notice that in the routing table for R3, both the 172.16.4.0/24 subnet route and the 172.16.0.0/16 classful network route are level 2 child routes of the 172.16.0.0/16 parent route. In this case, R3 uses the 172.16.0.0/16 child route and forwards the return traffic out Serial 0/0/1 back to R2.


Lab 8.4.2: Show IP Route Challenge Lab Addressing Table Device

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5


Determine network topology based on the outputs from the show ip route command.

•


•

Determine router interface addressing based on outputs.

•


•

Determine level 1 and level 2 routes.


Page 1 of 8


Lab 8.4.2: Show IP Route Challenge Lab

Scenario In this lab activity, you will determine the topology of a network using the outputs from the show ip route command. You must draw a topology diagram and determine the interface addressing on each router. Then you must build and configure the network based on the outputs. The DTE and DCE assignment is at your discretion. When complete, the outputs from your network must match those given below.

Task 1: Examine the router outputs. Step 1: Examine the output from the R1 router. R1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B – BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E – EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o – ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

R C C R C R R R R C R R R R C S*

10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 4 subnets 10.10.10.0 [120/1] via 10.10.10.6, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 10.10.10.12 [120/1] via 10.10.10.10, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/1 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 10 subnets, 5 masks 172.16.1.0/27 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.1.32/28 [120/2] via 10.10.10.10, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/1 172.16.1.192/26 [120/1] via 10.10.10.6, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0/26 [120/2] via 10.10.10.6, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.64/27 [120/1] via 10.10.10.10, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/1 172.16.3.0/25 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 172.16.3.128/26 [120/1] via 10.10.10.6, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.192/29 [120/2] via 10.10.10.6, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/0 172.16.4.0/27 [120/1] via 10.10.10.10, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/1 172.16.4.128/25 [120/2] via 10.10.10.10, 00:00:09, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0 0.0.0.0/0 is directly connected, Loopback0


Page 2 of 8



Step 2: Examine the output from the R2 router. R2#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B – BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E – EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o – ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is 10.10.10.2 to network 0.0.0.0

C R R R R R R C R R R C R R R R*

10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 4 subnets 10.10.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.4 [120/1] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.8 [120/2] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.12 [120/3] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 10 subnets, 5 masks 172.16.1.0/27 [120/2] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.32/28 [120/4] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.192/26 [120/1] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0/26 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.64/27 [120/3] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0/25 [120/2] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.128/26 [120/1] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.192/29 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 172.16.4.0/27 [120/3] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.4.128/25 [120/4] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [120/2] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0



Page 3 of 8


C C R R R R C R R R C R R R R R*


10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 4 subnets 10.10.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 10.10.10.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.8 [120/1] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.12 [120/2] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 10 subnets, 5 masks 172.16.1.0/27 [120/1] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.32/28 [120/3] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.192/26 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 172.16.2.0/26 [120/1] via 10.10.10.1, 00:00:03, Serial0/0/1 172.16.2.64/27 [120/2] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0/25 [120/1] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.128/26 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.3.192/29 [120/1] via 10.10.10.1, 00:00:03, Serial0/0/1 172.16.4.0/27 [120/2] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 172.16.4.128/25 [120/3] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [120/1] via 10.10.10.5, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0


R R C C R R R R C R R R C R R R*

10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 4 subnets 10.10.10.0 [120/2] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.4 [120/1] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.12 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 10 subnets, 5 masks 172.16.1.0/27 [120/1] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.32/28 [120/1] via 10.10.10.14, 00:00:17, Serial0/0/1 172.16.1.192/26 [120/2] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0/26 [120/3] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.64/27 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 172.16.3.0/25 [120/1] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.128/26 [120/2] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.192/29 [120/3] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 172.16.4.0/27 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.4.128/25 [120/1] via 10.10.10.14, 00:00:17, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 [120/1] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [120/1] via 10.10.10.9, 00:00:14, Serial0/0/0


Page 4 of 8




R R R C R C R R R R R R R C R R*

10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 4 subnets 10.10.10.0 [120/3] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.4 [120/2] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.8 [120/1] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 10.10.10.12 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 10 subnets, 5 masks 172.16.1.0/27 [120/2] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.1.32/28 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/1 172.16.1.192/26 [120/3] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0/26 [120/4] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.64/27 [120/1] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0/25 [120/2] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.128/26 [120/3] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.192/29 [120/4] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.4.0/27 [120/1] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 172.16.4.128/25 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [120/2] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0 0.0.0.0/0 [120/2] via 10.10.10.13, 00:00:21, Serial0/0/0


Page 5 of 8



Task 2: Create a diagram of the network based on the router outputs. Step 1: Draw a diagram of the network based on your interpretation of the router outputs in the space provided below.


Page 6 of 8



Step 2: Document the interface addresses in the Addressing Table.

Task 3: Build and Configure the Diagram using Packet Tracer. Step 1: Build the topology diagram in Packet Tracer. 1841 or 2811 routers can be used. Step 2: Configure the interfaces with the appropriate IP address and subnet mask. Step 3: Configure the appropriate routing protocol for each router and advertise all directly connected networks. Step 4: Verify that configurations match the router outputs from Task 1.

Task 4: Identify Routing Processes. Step 1: Examine the R1 routing table. What are the IP addresses of the directly connected neighbors of the R1 router? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Which routes did R1 learn from the directly connected neighbors? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Step 2: Examine the R2 routing table. How many total networks/subnets did R2 learn from its neighbors? __________ Where would R2 send packets to networks not currently in its routing table? Why? ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 8



What does the statement “ R* 0.0.0.0/0 [120/2] via 10.10.10.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/0/0” at the end of the R2 routing table represent? ______________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3: Examine the R3 routing table. Which Level 2 routes did R3 learn about from its neighbors? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Which networks are directly connect to R3? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Step 4: Examine the R4 routing table. Which network is the furthest distance from R4 and how many hops away is it? _____________________________________________________________ How many usable host addresses are on the network furthest from R4? __________ Step 5: Examine the R5 routing table. How many routers must a packet pass through to get from R5 to network 172.16.2.0/26? __________ Why is the “Gateway of last resort” for R5 listed as 10.10.10.13? _____________________________________________________________


Page 8 of 8



Page 1 of 7




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.5

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R1

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R1

Web Server 1


Page 2 of 7




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.10

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.6

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.9

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.229

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.230

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R2

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R2

Web Server 2

Objectives •


•


•


•

Configure RIPv2 routing in Region 1 (commands provided) and static routing Region 2

•


•


•



Page 3 of 7





•


•

Divide the address space for each branch router into four equal subnets. Record the subnets in the table below. Router

Subnet Number

B1-R1 Fa0/0

0

B1-R1 Fa0/1

1

B1-R1 Fa1/0

2

B1-R1 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B2-R1 Fa0/0

0

B2-R1 Fa0/1

1

B2-R1 Fa1/0

2

B2-R1 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B3-R1 Fa0/0

0

B3-R1 Fa0/1

1

B3-R1 Fa1/0

2

B3-R1 Fa1/1

3

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

Subnet Address


Page 4 of 7


•



Subnet Number

B1-R1 <--> R1

0

B2-R1 <--> R1

1

B3-R1 <--> R1

2

Subnet Address

•

The address space for Region 2 is 172.20.0.0/16. Each branch router (B1-R2, B2-R2, and B3-R2) should be allotted address space based on the following requirements. Starting with the largest requirement, assign address space to each router B1-R2 needs space for 1,000 hosts ____________________ B2-R2 needs space for 500 hosts ____________________ B3-R2 needs space for 200 hosts ____________________

•


•

Router

Subnet Number

B1-R2 Fa0/0

0

B1-R2 Fa0/1

1

B1-R2 Fa1/0

2

B1-R2 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B2-R2 Fa0/0

0

B2-R2 Fa0/1

1

B2-R2 Fa1/0

2

B2-R2 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B3-R2 Fa0/0

0

B3-R2 Fa0/1

1

B3-R2 Fa1/0

2

B3-R2 Fa1/1

3

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

For the WANs in Region 2, subnet the address space 172.20.255.240/28. Record the subnets in the table below.


Page 5 of 7


Router

Subnet Number

B1-R2 <--> R2

0

B2-R2 <--> R2

1

B3-R2 <--> R2

2


Subnet Address



•


•




Task 5: Configure RIPv2 routing in both regions. Configure all routers in both regions with RIPv2 as the dynamic routing protocol. Disable automatic summarization.


Task 7: Configure default routes and redistribute through RIP. •

In Region 1, determine which router needs a default route. Configure a default route on that router and then configure that router to redistribute the default route to other routers in the region.

•

In Region 2, determine which router needs a default route. Configure a default route on that router and then configure that router to redistribute the default route to other routers in the region.



•



Page 6 of 7





Page 7 of 7

Lab 9.6.1: Basic EIGRP Configuration Lab Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.16.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.3.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.10.5

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.2.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.3.2

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.10.9

255.255.255.252

N/A

Lo1

10.1.1.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.10.6

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.10.10

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.16.1.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.1.1

PC2

NIC

172.16.2.10

255.255.255.0

172.16.2.1

PC3

NIC

192.168.1.10

255.255.255.0

192.168.1.1

R1

R2

R3


Page 1 of 15

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: EIGRP

Lab 9.6.1: Basic EIGRP Configuration Lab



•


•


•

Configure and activate interfaces.

•

Configure EIGRP routing on all routers.

•

Verify EIGRP routing using show commands.

•


•

Configure manual summarization.

•

Configure a static default route.

•

Propagate default route to EIGRP neighbors.

•

Document the EIGRP configuration.

Scenario In this lab activity, you will learn how to configure the routing protocol EIGRP using the network shown in the Topology Diagram. A loopback address will be used on the R2 router to simulate a connection to an ISP, where all traffic that is not destined for the local network will be sent. Some segments of the network have been subnetted using VLSM. EIGRP is a classless routing protocol that can be used to provide subnet mask information in the routing updates. This will allow VLSM subnet information to be propagated throughout the network.

Task 1: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers. Task 2: Perform Basic Router Configurations, Perform basic configuration of the R1, R2, and R3 routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6. Configure a password for VTY connections.

Task 3: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure the interfaces on the R1, R2, and R3 routers. Configure the interfaces on the R1, R2, and R3 routers with the IP addresses from the table under the Topology Diagram.


Page 2 of 15



Step 2: Verify IP addressing and interfaces. Use the show ip interface brief command to verify that the IP addressing is correct and that the interfaces are active. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 3: Configure Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3. Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3 with the IP addresses and default gateways from the table under the Topology Diagram.

Task 4: Configure EIGRP on the R1 Router. Step 1: Enable EIGRP. Use the router eigrp command in global configuration mode to enable EIGRP on the R1 router. Enter a process ID of 1 for the autonomous-system parameter. R1(config)#router eigrp 1 R1(config-router)# Step 2: Configure classful network 172.16.0.0. Once you are in the Router EIGRP configuration sub-mode, configure the classful network 172.16.0.0 to be included in the EIGRP updates that are sent out of R1. R1(config-router)#network 172.16.0.0 R1(config-router)# The router will begin to send EIGRP update messages out each interface belonging to the 172.16.0.0 network. EIGRP updates will be sent out of the FastEthernet0/0 and Serial0/0/0 interfaces because they are both on subnets of the 172.16.0.0 network. Step 3: Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.10.4/30 network attached to the Serial0/0/1 interface. Use the wildcard-mask option with the network command to advertise only the subnet and not the entire 192.168.10.0 classful network. Note: Think of a wildcard mask as the inverse of a subnet mask. The inverse of the subnet mask 255.255.255.252 is 0.0.0.3. To calculate the inverse of the subnet mask, subtract the subnet mask from 255.255.255.255: 255.255.255.255 – 255.255.255.252 ------------------0. 0. 0. 3

Subtract the subnet mask Wildcard mask

R1(config-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3 R1(config-router)# When you are finished with the EIGRP configuration for R1, return to privileged EXEC mode and save the current configuration to NVRAM. R1(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R1#


Page 3 of 15



Task 5: Configure EIGRP on the R2 and R3 Routers. Step 1: Enable EIGRP routing on the R2 router using the router eigrp command. Use a process ID of 1. R2(config)#router eigrp 1 R2(config-router)# Step 2: Use the classful address 172.16.0.0 to include the network for the FastEthernet0/0 interface. R2(config-router)#network 172.16.0.0 R2(config-router)# %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: IP-EIGRP 1: Neighbor 172.16.3.1 (Serial0/0/0) is up: new adjacency Notice that DUAL sends a notification message to the console stating that a neighbor relationship with another EIGRP router has been established. What is the IP address of the EIGRP neighbor router? ________________________________________ What interface on the R2 router is the neighbor adjacent to? ________________________________________ Step 3: Configure the R2 router to advertise the 192.168.10.8/30 network attached to the Serial0/0/1 interface. 1. Use the wildcard-mask option with the network command to advertise only the subnet and not the entire 192.168.10.0 classful network. 2. When you are finished, return to privileged EXEC mode. R2(config-router)#network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3 R2(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R2# Step 4: Configure EIGRP on the R3 router using the router eigrp and network commands. 1. Use a process ID of 1. 2. Use the classful network address for the network attached to the FastEthernet0/0 interface. 3. Include the wildcard masks for the subnets attached to the Serial0/0/0 and Serial 0/0/1 interfaces. 4. When you are finished, return to privileged EXEC mode. R3(config)#router eigrp 1 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3 R3(config-router)# %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: IP-EIGRP 1: Neighbor 192.168.10.5 (Serial0/0/0) is up: new adjacency R3(config-router)#network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3 R3(config-router)# %DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE: IP-EIGRP 1: Neighbor 192.168.10.9 (Serial0/0/1) is up: new adjacency R3(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 4 of 15



R3# Notice that when the networks for the serial links from R3 to R1 and R3 to R2 are added to the EIGRP configuration, DUAL sends a notification message to the console stating that a neighbor relationship with another EIGRP router has been established.

Task 6: Verify EIGRP Operation. Step 1: View neighbors. On the R1 router, use the show ip eigrp neighbors command to view the neighbor table and verify that EIGRP has established an adjacency with the R2 and R3 routers. You should be able to see the IP address of each adjacent router and the interface that R1 uses to reach that EIGRP neighbor. R1#show ip eigrp neighbors IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 1 H Address Interface 0 172.16.3.2 1 192.168.10.6 R1#

Ser0/0/0 Ser0/0/1

Hold Uptime (sec) 10 00:36:51 11 00:26:51

SRTT (ms) 40 40

RTO 500 500

Q Cnt 0 0

Seq Num 13 4

Step 2: View routing protocol information. On the R1 router, use the show ip protocols command to view information about the routing protocol operation. Notice that the information that was configured in Task 5, such as protocol, process ID, and networks, is shown in the output. The IP addresses of the adjacent neighbors are also shown. R1#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "eigrp 1 " Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set Default networks flagged in outgoing updates Default networks accepted from incoming updates EIGRP metric weight K1=1, K2=0, K3=1, K4=0, K5=0 EIGRP maximum hopcount 100 EIGRP maximum metric variance 1 Redistributing: eigrp 1 Automatic network summarization is in effect Automatic address summarization: Maximum path: 4 Routing for Networks: 172.16.0.0 192.168.10.4/30 Routing Information Sources: Gateway Distance Last Update 172.16.3.2 90 4811399 192.168.10.6 90 5411677 Distance: internal 90 external 170 Notice that the output specifies the process ID used by EIGRP. Remember, the process ID must be the same on all routers for EIGRP to establish neighbor adjacencies and share routing information.


Page 5 of 15



Task7: Examine EIGRP Routes in the Routing Tables. Step1: View the routing table on the R1 router. EIGRP routes are denoted in the routing table with a D, which stands for DUAL (Diffusing Update Algorithm), which is the routing algorithm used by EIGRP. R1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks 172.16.0.0/16 is a summary, 01:16:19, Null0 172.16.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0/24 [90/2172416] via 172.16.3.2, 01:16:20, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.6, 01:06:18, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.0/24 is a summary, 01:06:07, Null0 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8/30 [90/2681856] via 192.168.10.6, 01:06:07, Serial0/0/1

D C D C D D C D R1#

Notice that the 172.16.0.0/16 parent network is variably subnetted with three child routes using either a /24 or /30 mask. Also notice that EIGRP has automatically included a summary route to Null0 for the 172.16.0.0/16 network. The 172.16.0.0/16 route does not actually represent a path to reach the parent network, 172.16.0.0/16. If a packet destined for 172.16.0.0/16 does not match one of the level 2 child routes, it is sent to the Null0 interface. D C D C

172.16.0.0/16 is 172.16.0.0/16 172.16.1.0/24 172.16.2.0/24 172.16.3.0/30

variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks is a summary, 01:16:19, Null0 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 [90/2172416] via 172.16.3.2, 01:16:20, Serial0/0/0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0

The 192.168.10.0/24 Network is also variably subnetted and includes a Null0 route.

D C D

192.168.10.0/24 is 192.168.10.0/24 192.168.10.4/30 192.168.10.8/30

variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks is a summary, 01:06:07, Null0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 [90/2681856] via 192.168.10.6, 01:06:07, Serial0/0/1

Step 2: View the routing table on the R3 router. The routing table for R3 shows that both R1 and R2 are automatically summarizing the 172.16.0.0/16 network and sending it as a single routing update. Because of automatic summarization, R1 and R2 are not propagating the individual subnets. Because R3 is getting two equal cost routes for 172.16.0.0/16 from both R1 and R2, both routes are included in the routing table.


Page 6 of 15



R3#show ip route D C D C C R3#

172.16.0.0/16 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.5, 01:15:35, Serial0/0/0 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.9, 01:15:22, Serial0/0/1 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.0/24 is a summary, 01:15:22, Null0 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.10.8/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Task 8: Configure EIGRP Metrics. Step 1: View the EIGRP metric information. Use the show ip interface command to view the EIGRP metric information for the Serial0/0/0 interface on the R1 router. Notice the values that are shown for the bandwidth, delay, reliability, and load. R1#show interface serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up (connected) Hardware is HD64570 Internet address is 172.16.3.1/30 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec) Step 2: Modify the bandwidth of the Serial interfaces. On most serial links, the bandwidth metric will default to 1544 Kbits. If this is not the actual bandwidth of the serial link, the bandwidth will need to be changed so that the EIGRP metric can be calculated correctly. For this lab, the link between R1 and R2 will be configured with a bandwidth of 64 kbps, and the link between R2 and R3 will be configured with a bandwidth of 1024 kbps. Use the bandwidth command to modify the bandwidth of the Serial interfaces of each router. R1 router: R1(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R1(config-if)#bandwidth 64 R2 router: R2(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R2(config-if)#bandwidth 64 R2(config)#interface serial0/0/1 R2(config-if)#bandwidth 1024 R3 router: R3(config)#interface serial0/0/1 R3(config-if)#bandwidth 1024 Note: The bandwidth command only modifies the bandwidth metric used by routing protocols, not the physical bandwidth of the link.


Page 7 of 15



Step 3: Verify the bandwidth modifications. Use the show ip interface command to verify that the bandwidth value of each link has been changed. R1#show interface serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up (connected) Hardware is HD64570 Internet address is 172.16.3.1/30 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 64 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec) R2#show interface serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up (connected) Hardware is HD64570 Internet address is 172.16.3.2/30 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 64 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec) R3#show interface serial0/0/1 Serial0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up (connected) Hardware is HD64570 Internet address is 192.168.10.9/30 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1024 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec) Note: Use the interface configuration command no bandwidth to return the bandwidth to its default value.

Task 9: Examine Successors and Feasible Distances. Step 1: Examine the successors and feasible distances in the routing table on R2. R2#show ip route 10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Loopback1 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks D 172.16.0.0/16 is a summary, 00:00:52, Null0 D 172.16.1.0/24 [90/40514560] via 172.16.3.1, 00:00:52, Serial0/0/0 C 172.16.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 C 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 D 192.168.1.0/24 [90/3014400] via 192.168.10.10, 00:00:11, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks D 192.168.10.0/24 is a summary, 00:00:11, Null0 D 192.168.10.4/30 [90/3523840] via 192.168.10.10, 00:00:11, Serial0/0/1 C 192.168.10.8/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 R2#

C


Page 8 of 15



Step 2: Answer the following questions: What is the best path to PC1? ____________________________________________________________________________________ A successor is a neighboring router that is currently being used for packet forwarding. A successor is the least-cost route to the destination network. The IP address of a successor is shown in a routing table entry right after the word “via”. What is the IP address and name of the successor router in this route? ________________________________________ Feasible distance (FD) is the lowest calculated metric to reach that destination. FD is the metric listed in the routing table entry as the second number inside the brackets. What is the feasible distance to the network that PC1 is on? ________________________________________

Task 10: Determine if R1 is a Feasible Successor for the Route from R2 to the 192.168.1.0 Network. A feasible successor is a neighbor who has a viable backup path to the same network as the successor. In order to be a feasible successor, R1 must satisfy the feasibility condition. The feasibility condition (FC) is met when a neighbor’s reported distance (RD) to a network is less than the local router’s feasible distance to the same destination network. Step 1: Examine the routing table on R1. R1#show ip route 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks 172.16.0.0/16 is a summary, 00:42:59, Null0 172.16.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0/24 [90/40514560] via 172.16.3.2, 00:43:00, Serial0/0/0 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.6, 00:42:26, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks D 192.168.10.0/24 is a summary, 00:42:20, Null0 C 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 D 192.168.10.8/30 [90/3523840] via 192.168.10.6, 00:42:20, Serial0/0/1 R1# D C D C D

What is the reported distance to the 192.168.1.0 network? ________________________________________ Step 2: Examine the routing table on R2. R2#show ip route


Page 9 of 15


C D D C C D D D C R2#


10.0.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets 10.1.1.0 is directly connected, Loopback1 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks 172.16.0.0/16 is a summary, 00:00:52, Null0 172.16.1.0/24 [90/40514560] via 172.16.3.1, 00:00:52, Serial0/0/0 172.16.2.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [90/3014400] via 192.168.10.10, 00:00:11, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.0/24 is a summary, 00:00:11, Null0 192.168.10.4/30 [90/3523840] via 192.168.10.10, 00:00:11, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

What is the feasible distance to the 192.168.1.0 network? ________________________________________ Would R2 consider R1 to be a feasible successor to the 192.168.1.0 network? _______

Task 11: Examine the EIGRP Topology Table. Step 1: View the EIGRP topology table. Use the show ip eigrp topology command to view the EIGRP topology table on R2. R2#show ip eigrp topology IP-EIGRP Topology Table for AS 1 Codes: P - Passive, A - Active, U - Update, Q - Query, R - Reply, r - Reply status P 172.16.2.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 28160 via Connected, FastEthernet0/0 P 172.16.3.0/30, 1 successors, FD is 40512000 via Connected, Serial0/0/0 P 192.168.10.8/30, 1 successors, FD is 3011840 via Connected, Serial0/0/1 P 172.16.0.0/16, 1 successors, FD is 28160 via Summary (28160/0), Null0 P 192.168.10.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 3011840 via Summary (3011840/0), Null0 P 172.16.1.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 40514560 via 172.16.3.1 (40514560/28160), Serial0/0/0 P 192.168.1.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 3014400 via 192.168.10.10 (3014400/28160), Serial0/0/1 via 172.16.3.1 (41026560/2172416), Serial0/0/0 P 192.168.10.4/30, 1 successors, FD is 3523840 via 192.168.10.10 (3523840/2169856), Serial0/0/1 R2# Step 2: View detailed EIGRP topology information. Use the [network] parameter of the show ip eigrp topology command to view detailed EIGRP topology information for the 192.16.0.0 network.




R2#show ip eigrp topology 192.168.1.0 IP-EIGRP (AS 1): Topology entry for 192.168.1.0/24 State is Passive, Query origin flag is 1, 1 Successor(s), FD is 3014400 Routing Descriptor Blocks: 192.168.10.10 (Serial0/0/1), from 192.168.10.10, Send flag is 0x0 Composite metric is (3014400/28160), Route is Internal Vector metric: Minimum bandwidth is 1024 Kbit Total delay is 20100 microseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255 Minimum MTU is 1500 Hop count is 1 172.16.3.1 (Serial0/0/0), from 172.16.3.1, Send flag is 0x0 Composite metric is (41026560/2172416), Route is Internal Vector metric: Minimum bandwidth is 64 Kbit Total delay is 40100 microseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255 Minimum MTU is 1500 Hop count is 2 R2# How many successors are there for this network? ________________________________________ What is the feasible distance to this network? ________________________________________ What is the IP address of the feasible successor? ________________________________________ What is the reported distance for 192.168.1.0 from the feasible successor? ________________________________________ What would be the feasible distance to 192.168.1.0 if R1 became the successor? ________________________________________

Task 12: Disable EIGRP Automatic Summarization. Step 1: Examine the routing table of the R3 router. Notice that R3 is not receiving individual routes for the 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.2.0/24, and 172.16.3.0/24 subnets. Instead, the routing table only has a summary route to the classful network address of 172.16.0.0/16 through the R1 router. This will cause packets that are destined for the 172.16.2.0/24 network to be sent through the R1 router instead of being sent straight to the R2 router. R3#show ip route



D C D C C R3#


172.16.0.0/16 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.5, 01:21:54, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.0/24 is a summary, 01:21:47, Null0 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.10.8/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Why is the R1 router (192.168.10.5) the only successor for the route to the 172.16.0.0/16 network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Notice that the reported distance from R2 is higher than the feasible distance from R1. R3#show ip eigrp topology IP-EIGRP Topology Table for AS 1 Codes: P - Passive, A - Active, U - Update, Q - Query, R - Reply, r - Reply status P 192.168.1.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 28160 via Connected, FastEthernet0/0 P 192.168.10.4/30, 1 successors, FD is 2169856 via Connected, Serial0/0/0 P 192.168.10.0/24, 1 successors, FD is 2169856 via Summary (2169856/0), Null0 P 172.16.0.0/16, 1 successors, FD is 2172416 via 192.168.10.5 (2172416/28160), Serial0/0/0 via 192.168.10.9 (3014400/28160), Serial0/0/1 P 192.168.10.8/30, 1 successors, FD is 3011840 via Connected, Serial0/0/1

Step 3: Disable automatic summarization on all three routers with the no auto-summary command. R1(config)#router eigrp 1 R1(config-router)#no auto-summary R2(config)#router eigrp 1 R2(config-router)#no auto-summary R3(config)#router eigrp 1 R3(config-router)#no auto-summary

Step 4: View the routing table on R1 again. Notice that individual routes for the 172.16.1.0/24, 172.16.2.0/24, and 172.16.3.0/24 subnets are now present and the summary Null route is no longer listed. R3#show ip route



D D D C C C R3#


172.16.0.0/16 is 172.16.1.0/24 172.16.2.0/24 172.16.3.0/30

variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.5, 00:02:37, Serial0/0/0 [90/3014400] via 192.168.10.9, 00:02:39, Serial0/0/1 [90/41024000] via 192.168.10.9, 00:02:39, Serial0/0/1 [90/41024000] via 192.168.10.5, 00:02:37, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.10.8/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1

Task 13: Configure Manual Summarization. Step 1: Add loopback addresses to R3 router. Add two loopback addresses, 192.168.2.1/24 and 192.168.3.1/24, to the R3 router. These virtual interfaces will be used to represent networks to be manually summarized along with the 192.168.1.0/24 LAN. R3(config)#interface loopback1 %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Loopback1, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Loopback1, changed state to upR3(config-if)#ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 R3(config-if)#interface loopback2 %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Loopback2, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Loopback2, changed state to up R3(config-if)#ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 R3(config-if)# Step 2: Add the 192.168.2.0 and 192.168.3.0 networks to the EIGRP configuration on R3. R3(config)#router eigrp 1 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.2.0 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.3.0 Step 3: Verify new routes. View the routing table on the R1 router to verify that the new routes are being sent out in the EIGRP updates sent by R3. R1#show ip route

C D C D D D C D R1#

172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks 172.16.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0/24 [90/3526400] via 192.168.10.6, 00:15:07, Serial0/0/1 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.1.0/24 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.6, 00:15:07, Serial0/0/1 192.168.2.0/24 [90/2297856] via 192.168.10.6, 00:01:07, Serial0/0/1 192.168.3.0/24 [90/2297856] via 192.168.10.6, 00:00:57, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8/30 [90/3523840] via 192.168.10.6, 00:15:07, Serial0/0/1




Step 4: Apply manual summarization to outbound interfaces. The routes to the 192.168.1.0/24, 192.168.2.0/24, and 192.168.3.0/24 networks can be summarized in the single network 192.168.0.0/22. Use the ip summary-address eigrp as-number networkaddress subnet-mask command to configure manual summarization on each of the outbound interfaces connected to EIGRP neighbors. R3(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R3(config-if)#ip summary-address eigrp 1 192.168.0.0 255.255.252.0 R3(config-if)#interface serial0/0/1 R3(config-if)#ip summary-address eigrp 1 192.168.0.0 255.255.252.0 R3(config-if)# Step 5: Verify the summary route. View the routing table on the R1 router to verify that the summary route is being sent out in the EIGRP updates sent by R3. R1#show ip route

C D C D C D R1#

172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 4 subnets, 3 masks 172.16.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.2.0/24 [90/3526400] via 192.168.10.6, 00:15:07, Serial0/0/1 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.0.0/22 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.6, 00:01:11, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/24 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks 192.168.10.4/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8/30 [90/3523840] via 192.168.10.6, 00:15:07, Serial0/0/1

Task 14: Configure and Distribute a Static Default Route. Step 1: Configure a static default route on the R2 router. Use the loopback address that has been configured to simulate a link to an ISP as the exit interface. R2(config)#ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 loopback1 R2(config)# Step 2: Include the static route in EIGRP updates. Use the redistribute static command to include the static route in the EIGRP updates that are sent from the R2 router. R2(config)#router eigrp 1 R2(config-router)#redistribute static R2(config-router)# Step 3: Verify the static default route. View the routing table on the R1 router to verify that the static default route is being redistributed via EIGRP. R1#show ip route




Gateway of last resort is 192.168.10.6 to network 0.0.0.0 192.168.10.0/30 is subnetted, 2 subnets 192.168.10.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8 [90/3523840] via 192.168.10.6, 01:06:01, Serial0/0/1 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 3 subnets, 2 masks C 172.16.1.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 D 172.16.2.0/24 [90/3526400] via 192.168.10.6, 01:05:39, Serial0/0/1 C 172.16.3.0/30 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 D*EX 0.0.0.0/0 [170/3651840] via 192.168.10.6, 00:02:14, Serial0/0/1 D 192.168.0.0/22 [90/2172416] via 192.168.10.6, 01:05:38, Serial0/0/1 C D


show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols



Lab 9.6.2: Challenge EIGRP Configuration Lab Topology Diagram


HQ

BRANCH1

BRANCH2

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Lo1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC


Page 1 of 8


Lab 9.6.2: Challenge EIGRP Configuration Lab


Create an efficient VLSM design given requirements.

•


•


•


•

Configure routers including EIGRP.

•


•

Verify EIGRP operation.

•


•


Scenario In this lab activity, you will be given a network address that must be subnetted using VLSM to complete the addressing of the network shown in the Topology Diagram. A combination of EIGRP routing and static routing will be required so that hosts on networks that are not directly connected will be able to communicate with each other. EIGRP must be configured so that all IP traffic takes the shortest path to the destination address.


The 172.16.0.0/16 network must be subnetted to provide addresses for the three LANs. •

The HQ LAN will require 500 addresses.

•

The BRANCH1 LAN will require 200 addresses.

•

The Branch 2 LAN will require 100 addresses.

•

The loopback address representing the link between the HQ router and the ISP will use the 209.165.200.224/30 network.

•

The 192.168.1.16/28 address space must be subnetted to obtain the addresses for the links between the three routers.

Step 2: Consider the following questions when creating your network design: How many subnets need to be created from the 172.16.0.0/16 network? _______ How many total IP addresses are required from the 172.16.0.0/16 network? _______ What subnet mask will be used for the HQ LAN subnet? _______________________________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? _______ What subnet mask will be used for the BRANCH1 LAN subnet? ___________________________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? _______ What subnet mask will be used for the BRANCH2 LAN subnet? ___________________________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? _______ What subnet mask will be used for the links between the three routers? ___________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 8



What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on each of these subnets? _____ Step 3: Assign subnetwork addresses to the Topology Diagram. 1. Assign subnet 0 of the 172.16.0.0/16 network to the HQ LAN subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ________________________________________ 2. Assign subnet 1 of the 172.16.0.0/16 network to the BRANCH1 LAN subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ________________________________________ 3. Assign subnet 2 of the 172.16.0.0/16 network to the BRANCH2 LAN subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ________________________________________ 4. Assign subnet 0 of the 192.168.1.16/28 network to the link between the HQ and BRANCH1 routers. What is the network address of this subnet? ________________________________________ 5. Assign subnet 1 of the 192.168.1.16/28 network to the link between the HQ and BRANCH2 routers. What is the network address of this subnet? ________________________________________ 6. Assign subnet 2 of the 192.168.1.16/28 network to the link between the BRANCH1 and BRANCH2 routers. What is the network address of this subnet? _________________________________

Task 2: Determine Interface Addresses. Step 1: Assign appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. 1. Assign the first valid host address of the 209.165.200.224/30 network to the Loopback interface on the HQ router. 2. Assign the first valid IP address of the HQ LAN network to the LAN interface of the HQ router. 3. Assign the last valid IP address of the HQ LAN network to PC2. 4. Assign the first valid IP address of the BRANCH1 LAN network to the LAN interface of the BRANCH1 router. 5. Assign the last valid IP address of the BRANCH1 LAN network to PC1. 6. Assign the first valid IP address of the BRANCH2 LAN network to the LAN interface of the BRANCH2 router. 7. Assign the last valid IP address of the BRANCH2 LAN network to PC3. 8. Assign the first valid IP address of the HQ to BRANCH1 link network to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the HQ router. 9. Assign the last valid IP address of the HQ to BRANCH1 link network to the Serial0/0/0 interface of the Branch router. 10. Assign the first valid IP address of the HQ to BRANCH2 link network to the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the HQ router. 11. Assign the last valid IP address of the HQ to BRANCH2 link network to the Serial0/0/1 interface of the Branch router. 12. Assign the first valid IP address of the BRANCH1 to BRANCH2 link network to the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the BRANCH1 router. 13. Assign the last valid IP address of the BRANCH1 to BRANCH2 link network to the Serial0/0/0 interface of the BRANCH2 router.


Page 3 of 8



Step 2: Document the addresses to be used in the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 3: Prepare the Network. Step 1 Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Step 2 Clear any existing configurations on the routers.

Task 4: Perform Basic Router Configurations. Perform basic configuration of the BRANCH1, BRANCH2, HQ, and ISP routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6. Configure a password for VTY connections. 7. Synchronize unsolicited messages and debug output with solicited output and prompts for the console and virtual terminal lines. 8. Configure an EXEC timeout of 15 minutes.

Task 5: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure the interfaces on the HQ, BRANCH1, and BRANCH2 routers. Configure the interfaces on the HQ, BRANCH1, and BRANCH2 routers with the IP addresses from the table provided under the Topology Diagram. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 2: Configure the Ethernet interfaces. Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3 with the IP addresses from the Addressing Table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 6: Verify Connectivity to Next-Hop Device. You should not have connectivity between end devices yet. However, you can test connectivity between two routers and between an end device and its default gateway. Step 1: Verify connectivity of routers. Verify that the HQ, BRANCH1, and BRANCH2 routers can ping each of the neighboring routers across the WAN links. Step 2: Verify connectivity of PCs. Verify that PC1, PC2, and PC3 can ping their respective default gateways.


Page 4 of 8



Task 7: Configure EIGRP Routing on the BRANCH1 Router. Consider the networks that need to be included in the EIGRP updates that are sent out by the BRANCH1 router. What directly connected networks are present in the BRANCH1 routing table? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Will these networks need to have the subnet mask information included in the network statements? __________ What commands are required to enable EGIRP and include the connected networks in the routing updates? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What command is required to enable EGIRP to include the VLSM information instead of summarizing routes at the classful boundary? ________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have EIGRP updates sent out? __________ What command is used to disable EIGRP updates on these interfaces? ________________________________________

Task 8: Configure EIGRP and Static Routing on the HQ Router. Consider the type of static routing that is needed on HQ. A static default route will need to be configured to send all packets with destination addresses that are not in the routing table to the loopback address representing the link between the HQ router and the ISP. What command is needed to accomplish this? ________________________________________ What directly connected networks are present in the HQ routing table? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Will the networks of the HQ LAN and the links between the BRANCH1 and BRANCH2 routers need to have the subnet mask information included in the network statements? __________


Page 5 of 8



What commands are required to enable EGIRP and include the appropriate networks in the routing updates? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What command is required to enable EGIRP to include the VLSM information instead of summarizing routes at the classful boundary? ________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have EIGRP updates sent out? __________ What command is used to disable EIGRP updates on this interface? ________________________________________ The HQ router needs to send the default route information to the BRANCH1 and BRANCH2 routers in the EIGRP updates. What command is used to configure this? ________________________________________

Task 9: Configure EIGRP Routing on the BRANCH2 Router. Consider the networks that need to be included in the EIGRP updates that are sent out by the BRANCH2 router. What directly connected networks are present in the BRANCH2 routing table? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Will these networks need to have the subnet mask information included in the network statements? __________ What commands are required to enable EGIRP and include the connected networks in the routing updates? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What command is required to enable EGIRP to include the VLSM information instead of summarizing routes at the classful boundary? ________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have EIGRP updates sent out? __________ What command is used to disable EIGRP updates on these interfaces? ________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 6 of 8



Task 10: Verify the Configurations. Answer the following questions to verify that the network is operating as expected: From PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From PC1, is it possible to ping the PC3? __________ The answer to the above questions should be yes. If any of the above pings failed, check your physical connections and configurations. Refer to your basic troubleshooting techniques used in the Chapter 1 labs. What EIGRP routes are present in the routing table of the BRANCH1 router? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the BRANCH1 router? ________________________________________ What EIGRP routes are present in the routing table of the HQ router? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the HQ router? ________________________________________ What EIGRP routes are present in the routing table of the BRANCH2 router? ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ ________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the BRANCH2 router? ________________________________________


Page 7 of 8



Task 11: Reflection Why is it necessary to use disable automatic summarization with this network design? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If the routes in the routing table are summarized at the classful network boundary 17.16.0.0, the paths between the three routers will all have an equal cost and packets may not be sent using the route with the least hops.

Task 12: Document the Router Configurations. On each router, capture the following command output to a text (.txt) file and save for future reference. •


•

Routing table

•




Page 8 of 8

Lab 9.6.3: EIGRP Troubleshooting Lab Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.18.64.1

255.255.192.0

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.202.129

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.202.133

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.18.129.1

255.255.255.240

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.202.130

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.202.137

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.18.128.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.202.138

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

209.165.202.134

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.18.129.14

172.18.129.1

255.255.255.240

PC2

NIC

172.18.100.100

172.18.64.1

255.255.192.0

PC3

NIC

172.18.128.10

172.18.128.1

255.255.255.0

HQ

BRANCH1

BRANCH2


Page 1 of 12


Lab 9.6.3: EIGRP Troubleshooting Lab



•


•


•

Discover where communication is not possible.

•

Gather information about the misconfigured portion of the network along with any other errors.

•

Analyze information to determine why communication is not possible.

•


•


•


Scenario In this lab, you will begin by loading configuration scripts on each of the routers. These scripts contain errors that will prevent end-to-end communication across the network. You will need to troubleshoot each router to determine the configuration errors, and then use the appropriate commands to correct the configurations. When you have corrected all of the configuration errors, all of the hosts on the network should be able to communicate with each other. The network should also have the following requirements met: •

EIGRP routing is configured on the BRANCH1 router.

•

EIGRP routing is configured on the BRANCH2 router.

•

EIGRP routing is configured on the HQ router.

•

EIGRP updates must be disabled on the BRANCH1, BRANCH2, and HQ LAN interfaces.

•

All EIGRP routers must use a process ID of 1.


Task 2: Load Routers with the Supplied Scripts. Step 1: Load the following script onto the BRANCH1 router: hostname BRANCH1 ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.18.129.1 255.255.255.240 duplex auto speed auto All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 12



! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.202.130 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.202.137 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! router eigrp 2 passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 network 209.165.202.136 0.0.0.3 network 172.18.129.0 0.0.0.7 no auto-summary ! ip classless ! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! End

Step 2: Load the following script onto the BRANCH2 router: hostname BRANCH2 ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.18.128.1 255.255.255.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.202.138 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.202.134 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! router eigrp 1 passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 network 172.18.128.0 0.0.0.255 network 209.165.202.132 0.0.0.3 network 209.165.202.136 0.0.0.3 ! ip classless All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 12



! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end

Step 3: Load the following script onto the HQ router: hostname HQ ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 172.18.64.1 255.255.192.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 209.165.202.129 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 209.165.202.133 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! router eigrp 1 passive-interface Serial0/0/0 network 172.18.64.0 network 209.165.202.128 0.0.0.3 network 209.165.202.132 0.0.0.3 no auto-summary ! ip classless ! ! ! ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end


Page 4 of 12



Task 3: Troubleshoot the BRANCH1 Router. Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host connected to the BRANCH1 router. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC5? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _______ Step 2: Examine the BRANCH1 router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors on the BRANCH1 router? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the BRANCH1 router. What routes are shown in the routing table? _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table or the EIGRP configuration? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________


Page 5 of 12



If there are any problems with the EIGRP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ Are there any connectivity problems that could be due to errors on other parts of the network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ What connected networks are shown in the EIGRP topology table of the BRANCH1 router? _____________________________________________ _____________________________________________ Are there any problems with the connected networks in the EIGRP topology table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the BRANCH1 router? _______ Does the information in the EIGRP topology table indicate any configuration errors on the BRANCH1 router? _______ If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. What routes are shown in the routing table? __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the HQ router? _______ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the HQ router? _______


Page 6 of 12



Task 4: Troubleshoot the HQ Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the host PC2. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC3? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _______ Step 2: Examine the HQ router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors on the HQ router? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the HQ router. What routes are shown in the routing table? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________


Page 7 of 12



Are there any problems with the routing table or the EIGRP configuration? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

If there are any problems with the EIGRP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Are there any connectivity problems that could be due to errors on other parts of the network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ What connected networks are shown in the EIGRP topology table of the HQ router? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the connected networks in the EIGRP topology table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the HQ router? _______ Does the information in the EIGRP topology table indicate any configuration errors on the HQ router? _______ If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again.


Page 8 of 12



What routes are shown in the routing table? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC3? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the BRANCH2 router? _______ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the BRANCH2 router? _______

Task 5: Troubleshoot the BRANCH2 Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host PC3. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? _______ Step 2: Examine the BRANCH2 router to find possible configuration errors. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ The protocol is down on the Serial0/0/0 interface. The clock rate is missing from the interface. If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors on the BRANCH2 router? _______ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again.


Page 9 of 12



Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the BRANCH2 router. What routes are shown in the routing table? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________

Are there any problems with the routing table or the EIGRP configuration? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the EIGRP configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Are there any connectivity problems that could be due to errors on other parts of the network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ What connected networks are shown in the EIGRP topology table of the BRANCH2 router? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the connected networks in the EIGRP topology table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the BRANCH2 router? _______ Does the information in the EIGRP topology table indicate any configuration errors on the BRANCH2 router? _______




If the answer to either of these questions is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. What routes are shown in the routing table? ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? _______ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC2? _______ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the BRANCH1 router? _______ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the BRANCH1 router? _______

Task 6: Reflection There were a number of configuration errors in the scripts that were provided for this lab. Use the space below to write a brief description of the errors that you found. ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________


show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols








Learning Objectives: •


•


•

Test connectivity between directly connected devices.

•

Configure and verify EIGRP routing.

•

Configure EIGRP summary routes.

•

Fine-tune EIGRP.

•

Configure static and default routing for Internet access.

•



Page 1 of 4


9.7.1: Packet tracer Skills Integration Challenge Activity


HQ

B1

B2

B3

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

S0/1/0

N/A

S0/1/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

S0/1/0

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

Fa0/1

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

209.165.202.129

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

Web Server

NIC

209.165.202.130

255.255.255.252

209.165.202.129

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC

PC4

NIC

PC5

NIC

PC6

NIC

PC7

NIC

PC8

NIC

ISP


Page 2 of 4



Task 1: Design and Document an Addressing Scheme. Step 1: Design an addressing scheme. Based on the network requirements shown in the topology, design an appropriate addressing scheme. •

For the LANs, use the address space 10.1.32.0/22. Starting with the largest subnets requirements on B1, assign subnets in order throughout the topology

•

For the WANs, use the address space 172.20.0.0/27. Assign WAN subnets according to the following specifications: Subnet 0 to the WAN link between HQ and B1 Subnet 1 to the WAN link between HQ and B2 Subnet 2 to the WAN link between HQ and B3 Subnet 3 to the WAN link between B1 and B2 Subnet 4 to the WAN link between B2 and B3


Use the blank spaces on the topology to record the network addresses in dotted-decimal/slash format

•

Use the table provided in the printed instructions to document the IP addresses, subnet masks and default gateway addresses. For LANs, assign the first address to the router interface. Assign the last address to the PC. For WAN links to HQ, assign the first address to the HQ router. For WAN links between branch routers: •

Assign the first address to B1 for the link between B1 and B2.

•

Assign the first address to B2 for the link between B2 and B3.

Task 2: Apply a Basic Configuration. Step 1: Configure the routers. Using your documentation, configure the routers with basic configurations Step 2: Configure the PCs. Using your documentation, configure the PCs with an IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.

Task 3: Test Connectivity. Before continuing, make sure that each device can ping its directly connected neighbor.

Task 4: Configure and Verify EIGRP Routing. Step 1: Configure EIGRP. Configure all devices with EIGRP routing. In your configuration, make sure you include the following: •


•

Stop routing updates on interfaces that are not connected to EIGRP neighbors.


Page 3 of 4



Step 2: Verify EIGRP. Use verification commands to check your configuration. All routers should be converged on all the 10.1.32.0/22 and 172.20.0.0/27 subnets.

Task 6: Fine-tune EIGRP. Step 1: Adjust bandwidth values used to calculate metrics. The links between the branch routers (B1 to B2 and B2 to B3) are for back up purposes only. Configure the bandwidth values to match the actual bandwidth so that EIGRP does not equal-cost load across the T1 links to HQ and the backup links to the neighboring branch router. Step 2: Adjust hello intervals for the slower links. Change the hello intervals for the 64 kbps links to 60 seconds.

Task 7: Configure Static and Default Routing. Since Packet Tracer does not support redistribution of default routes, all routers except ISP will need a default route.

Task 8: Test Connectivity and Examine the Configuration. Test connectivity and examine the configuration.


Page 4 of 4



Page 1 of 7

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: Link-State Routing Protocols



Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.2

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.1

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.5

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.225

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.226

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R1

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R1

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R1

Web Server 1


Page 2 of 7




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

209.165.201.10

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0

209.165.201.6

255.255.255.252

S0/0/1

209.165.201.9

255.255.255.252

Fa0/0

209.165.200.229

255.255.255.252

NIC

209.165.200.230

255.255.255.252

S0/0/0 R2

S0/0/1 S0/1/0 S0/1/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B1-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B2-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0 Fa0/1

B3-R2

Fa1/0 Fa1/1 S0/0/0

ISP-R2

Web Server 2

Objectives •


•


•


•

Configure EIGRP routing in Region 1 and RIPv2 routing Region 2.

•

Disable routing updates on appropriate interfaces.

•

Configure and redistribute default routes.

•



Page 3 of 7



Task 1: Design and Document an Addressing Scheme. Step 1: Design an addressing scheme. Using the topology and the following requirements, design an addressing scheme: •


•


•


Subnet Number

B1-R1 Fa0/0

0

B1-R1 Fa0/1

1

B1-R1 Fa1/0

2

B1-R1 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B2-R1 Fa0/0

0

B2-R1 Fa0/1

1

B2-R1 Fa1/0

2

B2-R1 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B3-R1 Fa0/0

0

B3-R1 Fa0/1

1

B3-R1 Fa1/0

2

B3-R1 Fa1/1

3

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

Subnet Address


Page 4 of 7


•



Subnet Number

B1-R1 <--> R1

0

B2-R1 <--> R1

1

B3-R1 <--> R1

2

Subnet Address

•

The address space for Region 2 is 172.20.0.0/16. Each branch router (B1-R2, B2-R2, and B3-R2) should be allotted address space based on the following requirements. Starting with the largest requirement, assign address space to each router B1-R2 needs space for 500 hosts ____________________ B2-R2 needs space for 200 hosts ____________________ B3-R2 needs space for 100 hosts ____________________

•


Subnet Number

B1-R2 Fa0/0

0

B1-R2 Fa0/1

1

B1-R2 Fa1/0

2

B1-R2 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B2-R2 Fa0/0

0

B2-R2 Fa0/1

1

B2-R2 Fa1/0

2

B2-R2 Fa1/1

3

Router

Subnet Number

B3-R2 Fa0/0

0

B3-R2 Fa0/1

1

B3-R2 Fa1/0

2

B3-R2 Fa1/1

3

Subnet Address

Subnet Address

Subnet Address


Page 5 of 7


•



Subnet Number

B1-R2 <--> R2

0

B2-R2 <--> R2

1

B3-R2 <--> R2

2

Subnet Address



•


•


Task 3: Apply a Basic Configuration. Using your documentation, configure the routers with basic configurations including addressing. Use cisco as the line passwords and class as the secret password. Use 64000 as the clock rate.

Task 4: Configure Static Routing Between ISP Routers. Each ISP router already has two static routes to the other ISP router’s directly connected WANs. Implement static routing on each ISP router to insure connectivity between the two regions.

Task 5: Configure EIGRP Routing in Region 1 and RIPv2 Routing Region 2. Step 1: Configure EIGRP routing in Region 1. Configure all routers in Region 1 (R1, B1-R1, B2-R1, and B3-R1) with EIGRP as the dynamic routing protocol. •

Use 1 as the process ID for EIGRP

•

Disable automatic summarization

•

Manually summarize routes advertised by the branch routers to R1 so that only one route is sent (NOTE: The current version of Packet Tracer allows the configuration of the summary command. However, the routing tables will still display as if summarization has not been configured. This is a known bug that will be addressed in a future release.)

•

Configure the hello intervals on the branch routers to 30 seconds.

Step 2: Configure RIPv2 routing Region 2. Configure all routers in Region 2 (R2, B1-R2, B2-R2, and B3-R2) with RIPv2 as the dynamic routing protocol. Disable automatic summarization.


Page 6 of 7



Task 6: Disable Routing Updates on Appropriate Interfaces. Routing updates do not need to be sent out all the router interfaces. Disable routing updates on appropriate interfaces.

Task 7: Configure and Redistribute Default Routes. •

Packet Tracer does not yet support the redistribution of a static default routes with EIGRP. Therefore, you must configure all routers in Region 1 with a default route. Use the exit interface argument.

•

Configure the appropriate router in Region 2 with a default route. Then configure that router to redistribute the default route to all other routers in the region.

Task 8: Verify Full Connectivity Between all Devices in the Topology. Step 1: Test connectivity. •


•




Page 7 of 7

Lab 11.6.1: Basic OSPF Configuration Lab


Cable a network according to the Topology Diagram

•

Erase the startup configuration and reload a router to the default state

•

Perform basic configuration tasks on a router

•

Configure and activate interfaces

•

Configure OSPF routing on all routers

•

Configure OSPF router IDs

•

Verify OSPF routing using show commands

•

Configure a static default route

•

Propagate default route to OSPF neighbors

•

Configure OSPF Hello and Dead Timers

•

Configure OSPF on a Multiacess network

•

Configure OSPF priority

•

Understand the OSPF election process

•

Document the OSPF configuration

Scenarios In this lab activity, there are two separate scenarios. In the first scenario, you will learn how to configure the routing protocol OSPF using the network shown in the Topology Diagram in Scenario A. The segments of the network have been subnetted using VLSM. OSPF is a classless routing protocol that can be used to provide subnet mask information in the routing updates. This will allow VLSM subnet information to be propagated throughout the network.

In the second scenario, you will learn to configure OSPF on a multi-access network. You will also learn to use the OSPF election process to determine the designated router (DR), backup designated router (BDR), and DRother states.


Page 1 of 24

CCNA Exploration Routing Protocols and Concepts: OSPF


Scenario A: Basic OSPF Configuration Topology Diagram

Addressing Table Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

172.16.1.17

255.255.255.240

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.10.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.10.5

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

10.10.10.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.10.2

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.10.9

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

172.16.1.33

255.255.255.248

N/A

S0/0/0

192.168.10.6

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

192.168.10.10

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

172.16.1.20

255.255.255.240

172.16.1.17

PC2

NIC

10.10.10.10

255.255.255.0

10.10.10.1

PC3

NIC

172.16.1.35

255.255.255.248

172.16.1.33

Device

R1

R2

R3

Task 1: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology.


Page 2 of 24



Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.



Task 4: Configure OSPF on the R1 Router Step 1: Use the router ospf command in global configuration mode to enable OSPF on the R1 router. Enter a process ID of 1 for the process-ID parameter. R1(config)#router ospf 1 R1(config-router)# Step 2: Configure the network statement for the LAN network. Once you are in the Router OSPF configuration sub-mode, configure the LAN network 172.16.1.16/28 to be included in the OSPF updates that are sent out of R1. The OSPF network command uses a combination of network-address and wildcard-mask similar to that which can be used by EIGRP. Unlike EIGRP, the wildcard mask in OSPF is required.


Page 3 of 24



Use an area ID of 0 for the OSPF area-id parameter. 0 will be used for the OSPF area ID in all of the network statements in this topology. R1(config-router)#network 172.16.1.16 0.0.0.15 area 0 R1(config-router)# Step 3: Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.10.0/30 network attached to the Serial0/0/0 interface. R1(config-router)# network 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 R1(config-router)# Step 4: Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.10.4/30 network attached to the Serial0/0/1 interface. R1(config-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3 area 0 R1(config-router)# Step 5: When you are finished with the OSPF configuration for R1, return to privileged EXEC mode. R1(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R1#

Task 5: Configure OSPF on the R2 and R3 Routers Step 1: Enable OSPF routing on the R2 router using the router ospf command. Use a process ID of 1. R2(config)#router ospf 1 R2(config-router)# Step 2: Configure the router to advertise the LAN network 10.10.10.0/24 in the OSPF updates. R2(config-router)#network 10.10.10.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 R2(config-router)# Step 3: Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.10.0/30 network attached to the Serial0/0/0 interface. R2(config-router)#network 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 R2(config-router)# 00:07:27: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.10.5 on Serial0/0/0 from EXCHANGE to FULL, Exchange Done Notice that when the network for the serial link from R1 to R2 is added to the OSPF configuration, the router sends a notification message to the console stating that a neighbor relationship with another OSPF router has been established.


Page 4 of 24



Step 4: Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.10.8/30 network attached to the Serial0/0/1 interface. When you are finished, return to privileged EXEC mode. R2(config-router)#network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3 area 0 R2(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R2# Step 5: Configure OSPF on the R3 router using the router ospf and network commands. Use a process ID of 1. Configure the router to advertise the three directly connected networks. When you are finished, return to privileged EXEC mode. R3(config)#router ospf 1 R3(config-router)#network 172.16.1.32 0.0.0.7 area 0 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3 area 0 R3(config-router)# 00:17:46: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.10.5 on Serial0/0/0 from LOADING to FULL, Loading Done R3(config-router)#network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3 area 0 R3(config-router)# 00:18:01: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.10.9 on Serial0/0/1 from EXCHANGE to FULL, Exchange Done R3(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R3# Notice that when the networks for the serial links from R3 to R1 and R3 to R2 are added to the OSPF configuration, the router sends a notification message to the console stating that a neighbor relationship with another OSPF router has been established.

Task 6: Configure OSPF Router IDs The OSPF router ID is used to uniquely identify the router in the OSPF routing domain. A router ID is an IP address. Cisco routers derive the Router ID in one of three ways and with the following precedence: 1. IP address configured with the OSPF router-id command. 2. Highest IP address of any of the router’s loopback addresses. 3. Highest active IP address on any of the router’s physical interfaces. Step 1: Examine the current router IDs in the topology. Since no router IDs or loopback interfaces have been configured on the three routers, the router ID for each router is determined by the highest IP address of any active interface. What is the router ID for R1? ____________________ What is the router ID for R2? ____________________ What is the router ID for R3? ____________________


Page 5 of 24



The router ID can also be seen in the output of the show ip protocols, show ip ospf, and show ip ospf interfaces commands. R3#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 1" Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set Router ID 192.168.10.10 Number of areas in this router is 1. 1 normal 0 stub 0 nssa Maximum path: 4

R3#show ip ospf Routing Process "ospf 1" with ID 192.168.10.10 Supports only single TOS(TOS0) routes Supports opaque LSA SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs R3#show ip ospf interface FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 172.16.1.33/29, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.10.10, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.10.10, Interface address 172.16.1.33 No backup designated router on this network Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:00 Index 1/1, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1 Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 0, Adjacent neighbor count is 0 Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) R3# Step 2: Use loopback addresses to change the router IDs of the routers in the topology. R1(config)#interface loopback 0 R1(config-if)#ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 R2(config)#interface loopback 0 R2(config-if)#ip address 10.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 R3(config)#interface loopback 0 R3(config-if)#ip address 10.3.3.3 255.255.255.255


Page 6 of 24



Step 3: Reload the routers to force the new Router IDs to be used. When a new Router ID is configured, it will not be used until the OSPF process is restarted. Make sure that the current configuration is saved to NRAM, and then use the reload command to restart each of the routers.. When the router is reloaded, what is the router ID for R1? ____________________ When the router is reloaded, what is the router ID for R2? ____________________ When the router is reloaded, what is the router ID for R3? ____________________ Step 4: Use the show ip ospf neighbors command to verify that the router IDs have changed. R1#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 10.3.3.3 Serial0/0/1 10.2.2.2 Serial0/0/0

Pri 0 0

State FULL/ FULL/

Dead Time -

00:00:30 -

Address 192.168.10.6

00:00:33

192.168.10.2

Dead Time

Address

R2#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 10.3.3.3 Serial0/0/1 10.1.1.1 Serial0/0/0

Pri

State

0

FULL/

-

00:00:36

192.168.10.10

0

FULL/

-

00:00:37

192.168.10.1

Dead Time

Address

R3#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 10.2.2.2 Serial0/0/1 10.1.1.1 Serial0/0/0

Pri

State

0

FULL/

-

00:00:34

192.168.10.9

0

FULL/

-

00:00:38

192.168.10.5

Step 5: Use the router-id command to change the router ID on the R1 router. Note: Some IOS versions do not support the router-id command. If this command is not available, continue to Task 7. R1(config)#router ospf 1 R1(config-router)#router-id 10.4.4.4 Reload or use “clear ip ospf process” command, for this to take effect If this command is used on an OSPF router process which is already active (has neighbors), the new router-ID is used at the next reload or at a manual OSPF process restart. To manually restart the OSPF process, use the clear ip ospf process command.


Page 7 of 24



R1#(config-router)#end R1# clear ip ospf process Reset ALL OSPF processes? [no]:yes R1# Step 6: Use the show ip ospf neighbor command on router R2 to verify that the router ID of R1 has been changed. R2#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 10.3.3.3 Serial0/0/1 10.4.4.4 Serial0/0/0

Pri

State

0

FULL/

0

FULL/

Dead Time

Address

-

00:00:36

192.168.10.10

-

00:00:37

192.168.10.1

Step 7: Remove the configured router ID with the no form of the router-id command. R1(config)#router ospf 1 R1(config-router)#router-id 10.4.4.4 Reload or use “clear ip ospf process” command, for this to take effect Step 8: Restart the OSPF process using the clear ip ospf process command. Restarting the OSPF process forces the router to use the IP address configured on the Loopback 0 interface as the Router ID. R1(config-router)#end R1# clear ip ospf process Reset ALL OSPF processes? [no]:yes R1#

Task 7: Verify OSPF Operation Step 1: On the R1 router, Use the show ip ospf neighbor command to view the information about the OSPF neighbor routers R2 and R3. You should be able to see the neighbor ID and IP address of each adjacent router, and the interface that R1 uses to reach that OSPF neighbor. R1#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Interface 10.2.2.2 0 FULL/Serial0/0/0 10.3.3.3 0 FULL/Serial0/0/1 R1#

Dead Time

Address

00:00:32

192.168.10.2

00:00:32

192.168.10.6

Step 2: On the R1 router, use the show ip protocols command to view information about the routing protocol operation. Notice that the information that was configured in the previous Tasks, such as protocol, process ID, neighbor ID, and networks, is shown in the output. The IP addresses of the adjacent neighbors are also shown.


Page 8 of 24



R1#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 1" Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set Router ID 10.1.1.1 Number of areas in this router is 1. 1 normal 0 stub 0 nssa Maximum path: 4 Routing for Networks: 172.16.1.16 0.0.0.15 area 0 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3 area 0 Routing Information Sources: Gateway Distance Last Update 10.2.2.2 110 00:11:43 10.3.3.3 110 00:11:43 Distance: (default is 110) R1# Notice that the output specifies the process ID used by OSPF. Remember, the process ID must be the same on all routers for OSPF to establish neighbor adjacencies and share routing information.

Task8: Examine OSPF Routes in the Routing Tables View the routing table on the R1 router. OSPF routes are denoted in the routing table with an “O”. R1#show ip route Codes: C - connected, S - static, I - IGRP, R - RIP, M - mobile, B BGP D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, E - EGP i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, ia - IS-IS inter area * - candidate default, U - per-user static route, o - ODR P - periodic downloaded static route Gateway of last resort is not set

C O C O C C O

10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 10.1.1.1/32 is directly connected, Loopback0 10.10.10.0/24 [110/65] via 192.168.10.2, 00:01:02, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 172.16.1.16/28 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.1.32/29 [110/65] via 192.168.10.6, 00:01:12, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/30 is subnetted, 3 subnets 192.168.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.10.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8 [110/128] via 192.168.10.6, 00:01:12, Serial0/0/1 [110/128] via 192.168.10.2, 00:01:02, Serial0/0/0

R1#


Page 9 of 24



Notice that unlike RIPv2 and EIGRP, OSPF does not automatically summarize at major network boundaries.

Task 9: Configure OSPF Cost Step 1: Use the show ip route command on the R1 router to view the OSPF cost to reach the 10.10.10.0/24 network. R1#show ip route

C O C O C C O

10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 10.1.1.1/32 is directly connected, Loopback0 10.10.10.0/24 [110/65] via 192.168.10.2, 00:16:56, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 172.16.1.16/28 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.1.32/29 [110/65] via 192.168.10.6, 00:17:06, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/30 is subnetted, 3 subnets 192.168.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 192.168.10.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.8 [110/128] via 192.168.10.6, 00:17:06, Serial0/0/1 [110/128] via 192.168.10.2, 00:16:56, Serial0/0/0

R1#

Step 2: Use the show interfaces serial0/0/0 command on the R1 router to view the bandwidth of the Serial 0/0/0 interface. R1#show interfaces serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up (connected) Hardware is HD64570 Internet address is 192.168.10.1/30 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1544 Kbit, DLY 20000 usec, rely 255/255, load 1/255 Encapsulation HDLC, loopback not set, keepalive set (10 sec) Last input never, output never, output hang never Last clearing of "show interface" counters never Input queue: 0/75/0 (size/max/drops); Total output drops: 0 On most serial links, the bandwidth metric will default to 1544 Kbits. If this is not the actual bandwidth of the serial link, the bandwidth will need to be changed so that the OSPF cost can be calculated correctly. Step 3: Use the bandwidth command to change the bandwidth of the serial interfaces of the R1 and R2 routers to the actual bandwidth, 64 kbps. R1 router: R1(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R1(config-if)#bandwidth 64 R1(config-if)#interface serial0/0/1 R1(config-if)#bandwidth 64




R2 router: R2(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R2(config-if)#bandwidth 64 R2(config)#interface serial0/0/1 R2(config-if)#bandwidth 64 Step 4: Use the show ip ospf interface command on the R1 router to verify the cost of the serial links. The cost of each of the Serial links is now 1562, the result of the calculation: 108/64,000 bps. R1#show ip ospf interface Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.10.1/30, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 10.1.1.1, Network Type POINT-TO-POINT, Cost: 1562 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT-TO-POINT, Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:05 Index 2/2, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1 Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 1 , Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 10.2.2.2 Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) Serial0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.10.5/30, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 10.1.1.1, Network Type POINT-TO-POINT, Cost: 1562 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT-TO-POINT, Step 5: Use the ip ospf cost command to configure the OSPF cost on the R3 router. An alternative method to using the bandwidth command is to use the ip ospf cost command, which allows you to directly configure the cost. Use the ip ospf cost command to change the bandwidth of the serial interfaces of the R3 router to 1562. R3(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R3(config-if)#ip ospf cost 1562 R3(config-if)#interface serial0/0/1 R3(config-if)#ip ospf cost 1562 Step 6: Use the show ip ospf interface command on the R3 router to verify that the cost of the link the cost of each of the Serial links is now 1562. R3#show ip ospf interface




Serial0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.10.10/30, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 10.3.3.3, Network Type POINT-TO-POINT, Cost: 1562 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT-TO-POINT, Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:06 Index 2/2, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1 Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 1 , Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 10.2.2.2 Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.10.6/30, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 10.3.3.3, Network Type POINT-TO-POINT, Cost: 1562 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT-TO-POINT,

Task 10: Redistribute an OSPF Default Route Step 1: Configure a loopback address on the R1 router to simulate a link to an ISP. R1(config)#interface loopback1 %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface Loopback1, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface Loopback1, changed state to up R1(config-if)#ip address 172.30.1.1 255.255.255.252 Step 2: Configure a static default route on the R1 router. Use the loopback address that ha been configured to simulate a link to an ISP as the exit interface. R1(config)#ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 loopback1 R1(config)# Step 3: Use the default-information originate command to include the static route in the OSPF updates that are sent from the R1 router. R1(config)#router ospf 1 R1(config-router)#default-information originate R1(config-router)#




Step 4: View the routing table on the R2 router to verify that the static default route is being redistributed via OSPF. R2#show ip route Gateway of last resort is 192.168.10.1 to network 0.0.0.0 10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks 10.2.2.2/32 is directly connected, Loopback0 10.10.10.0/24 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks O 172.16.1.16/28 [110/1563] via 192.168.10.1, 00:29:28, Serial0/0/0 O 172.16.1.32/29 [110/1563] via 192.168.10.10, 00:29:28, Serial0/0/1 192.168.10.0/30 is subnetted, 3 subnets C 192.168.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 O 192.168.10.4 [110/3124] via 192.168.10.10, 00:25:56, Serial0/0/1 [110/3124] via 192.168.10.1, 00:25:56, Serial0/0/0 C 192.168.10.8 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 O*E2 0.0.0.0/0 [110/1] via 192.168.10.1, 00:01:11, Serial0/0/0 R2# C C

Task 11: Configure Additional OSPF Features Step 1: Use the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to adjust the reference bandwidth value. Increase the reference bandwidth to 10000 to simulate 10GigE speeds. Configure this command on all routers in the OSPF routing domain. R1(config-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10000 % OSPF: Reference bandwidth is changed. Please ensure reference bandwidth is consistent across all routers. R2(config-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10000 % OSPF: Reference bandwidth is changed. Please ensure reference bandwidth is consistent across all routers.

R3(config-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10000 % OSPF: Reference bandwidth is changed. Please ensure reference bandwidth is consistent across all routers. Step 2: Examine the routing table on the R1 router to verify the change in the OSPF cost metric. Notice that the values are much larger cost values for OSPF routes. R1#show ip route




Gateway of last resort is 0.0.0.0 to network 0.0.0.0 10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks C 10.1.1.1/32 is directly connected, Loopback0 O 10.10.10.0/24 [110/65635] via 192.168.10.2, 00:01:01, Serial0/0/0 172.16.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks C 172.16.1.16/28 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0 O 172.16.1.32/29 [110/65635] via 192.168.10.6, 00:00:51, Serial0/0/1 172.30.0.0/30 is subnetted, 1 subnets C 172.30.1.0 is directly connected, Loopback1 192.168.10.0/30 is subnetted, 3 subnets C 192.168.10.0 is directly connected, Serial0/0/0 C 192.168.10.4 is directly connected, Serial0/0/1 O 192.168.10.8 [110/67097] via 192.168.10.2, 00:01:01, Serial0/0/0 S* 0.0.0.0/0 is directly connected, Loopback1 R1# Step 3: Use the show ip ospf neighbor command on R1 to view the Dead Time counter. The Dead Time counter is counting down from the default interval of 40 seconds. R1#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Interface 10.2.2.2 0 FULL/Serial0/0/0 10.3.3.3 0 FULL/Serial0/0/1

Dead Time

Address

00:00:34

192.168.10.2

00:00:34

192.168.10.6

Step 4: Configure the OSPF Hello and Dead intervals. The OSPF Hello and Dead intervals can be modified manually using the ip ospf hellointerval and ip ospf dead-interval interface commands. Use these commands to change the hello interval to 5 seconds and the dead interval to 20 seconds on the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the R1 router. R1(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R1(config-if)#ip ospf hello-interval 5 R1(config-if)#ip ospf dead-interval 20 R1(config-if)# 01:09:04: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 10.2.2.2 on Serial0/0/0 from FULL to DOWN, Neighbor Down: Dead timer expired 01:09:04: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 10.2.2.2 on Serial0/0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached After 20 seconds the Dead Timer on R1 expires. R1 and R2 loose adjacency because the Dead Timer and Hello Timers must be configured identically on each side of the serial link between R1 and R2. Step 5: Modify the Dead Timer and Hello Timer intervals. Modify the Dead Timer and Hello Timer intervals on the Serial 0/0/0 interface in the R2 router to match the intervals configured on the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the R1 router.




R2(config)#interface serial0/0/0 R2(config-if)#ip ospf hello-interval 5 R2(config-if)#ip ospf dead-interval 20 R2(config-if)# 01:12:10: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 10.1.1.1 on Serial0/0/0 from EXCHANGE to FULL, Exchange Done Notice that the IOS displays a message when adjacency has been established with a state of Full. Step 5: Use the show ip ospf interface serial0/0/0 command to verify that the Hello Timer and Dead Timer intervals have been modified. R2#show ip ospf interface serial0/0/0 Serial0/0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.10.2/30, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 10.2.2.2, Network Type POINT-TO-POINT, Cost: 1562 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT-TO-POINT, Timer intervals configured, Hello 5, Dead 20, Wait 20, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:00 Index 3/3, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1 Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 1 , Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 10.1.1.1 Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) R2# Step 6: Use the show ip ospf neighbor command on R1 to verify that the neighbor adjacency with R2 has been restored. Notice that the Dead Time for Serial 0/0/0 is now much lower since it is counting down from 20 seconds instead of the default 40 seconds. Serial 0/0/1 is still operating with default timers. R1#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Interface 10.2.2.2 0 FULL/Serial0/0/0 10.3.3.3 0 FULL/Serial0/0/1 R1#

Dead Time

Address

00:00:19

192.168.10.2

00:00:34

192.168.10.6

Task 12: Document the Router Configurations. On each router, capture the following command output to a text file and save for future reference: •


•

Routing table

•


•





Task 11: Clean Up. Erase the configurations and reload the routers. Disconnect and store the cabling. For PC hosts that are normally connected to other networks (such as the school LAN or to the Internet), reconnect the appropriate cabling and restore the TCP/IP settings.




Scenario B: Configure OSPF on a Multiaccess Network Topology Diagram

Device R1

R2

R3

Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

192.168.1.1

255.255.255.0

N/A

Loopback1

192.168.31.11

255.255.255.255

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.1.2

255.255.255.0

N/A

Loopback1

192.168.31.22

255.255.255.255

N/A

Fa0/0

192.168.1.3

255.255.255.0

N/A

Loopback1

192.168.31.33

255.255.255.255

N/A

Task 1: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces shown in the topology. Note: If you use 1700, 2500, or 2600 routers, the router outputs and interface descriptions will appear different. In this topology we have three routers sharing a common Ethernet multiaccess network, 192.168.1.0/24. Each router will be configured with an IP address on the Fast Ethernet interface and a loopback address for the router ID. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.




Task 2: Perform Basic Router Configurations. Perform basic configuration of the R1, R2, and R3 routers according to the following guidelines: 1. Configure the router hostname. 2. Disable DNS lookup. 3. Configure an EXEC mode password. 4. Configure a message-of-the-day banner. 5. Configure a password for console connections. 6.

Configure a password for VTY connections

Task 3: Configure and Activate Ethernet and Loopback Addresses Step 1: Configure interfaces on R1, R2, and R3. Configure the Ethernet and Loopback interfaces on the R1, R2, and R3 routers with the IP addresses from the table under the Topology Diagram. Use the show ip interface brief command to verify that the IP addressing is correct. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 2: Verify IP addressing and interfaces. Use the show ip interface brief command to verify that the IP addressing is correct and that the interfaces are active. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router.

Task 4: Configure OSPF on the DR Router The DR and BDR election process takes place as soon as the first router has its interface enabled on the multiaccess network. This can happen as the routers are powered-on or when the OSPF network command for that interface is configured. If a new router enters the network after the DR and BDR have already been elected, it will not become the DR or BDR even if it has a higher OSPF interface priority or router ID than the current DR or BDR. Configure the OSPF process on the router with the highest router ID first to ensure that this router becomes the DR. Step 1: Use the router ospf command in global configuration mode to enable OSPF on the R3 router. Enter a process ID of 1 for the process-ID parameter. Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.1.0/24 network. Use an area ID of 0 for the OSPF area-id parameter in the network statement. R3(config)#router ospf 1 R3(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 R3(config-router)#end R3# Step 2: Use the show ip ospf interface command to verify that the OSPF has been configured correctly and that R3 is the DR. R3#show ip ospf interface FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.1.3/24, Area 0




Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.31.33, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.31.33, Interface address 192.168.1.3 No backup designated router on this network Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:07 Index 1/1, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1 Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 0, Adjacent neighbor count is 0 Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) R3#

Task 5: Configure OSPF on the BDR Router Configure the OSPF process on the router with the second highest router ID next to ensure that this router becomes the BDR. Step 1: Use the router ospf command in global configuration mode to enable OSPF on the R2 router. Enter a process ID of 1 for the process-ID parameter. Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.1.0/24 network. Use an area ID of 0 for the OSPF area-id parameter in the network statement. R2(config)#router ospf 1 R2(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 R2(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R2# 00:08:51: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.33 on FastEthernet0/0 from LOADING to FULL, Loading Done Notice that an adjacency is formed with the R3 router. It may take up to 40 seconds for the R3 router to send a hello packet. When this packet is received, the neighbor relationship is formed. Step 2: Use the show ip ospf interface command to verify that the OSPF has been configured correctly and that R2 is the BDR. R2#show ip ospf interface FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.1.2/24, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.31.22, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State BDR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.31.33, Interface address 192.168.1.3 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.31.22, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:03 Index 1/1, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1




Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.1.3 (Designated Router) Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) R2# Step 3: Use the show ip ospf neighbors command in global configuration mode to view information about the other routers in the OSPF area. Notice that R3 is the DR. R2#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Interface 192.168.31.33 1 FULL/DR FastEthernet0/0

Dead Time

Address

00:00:33

192.168.1.3

Task 6: Configure OSPF on the DRother Router Configure the OSPF process on the router with the lowest router ID last. This router will be designated as DRother instead of DR or BDR. Step 1: Use the router ospf command in global configuration mode to enable OSPF on the R1 router. Enter a process ID of 1 for the process-ID parameter. Configure the router to advertise the 192.168.1.0/24 network. Use an area ID of 0 for the OSPF area-id parameter in the network statement. R1(config)#router ospf 1 R1(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 R1(config-router)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R1# 00:16:08: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.22 on FastEthernet0/0 from LOADING to FULL, Loading Done 00:16:12: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.33 on FastEthernet0/0 from EXCHANGE to FULL, Exchange Done Notice that an adjacency is formed with the R2 and R3 routers. It may take up to 40 seconds for both the R2 and R3 routers to each send a hello packet. Step 2: Use the show ip ospf interface command to verify that the OSPF has been configured correctly and that R1 is a DRother. R1#show ip ospf interface FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.1.1/24, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.31.11, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.31.33, Interface address 192.168.1.3 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.31.22, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5




Hello due in 00:00:00 Index 1/1, flood queue length 0 Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1 Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec Neighbor Count is 2, Adjacent neighbor count is 2 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.31.33 (Designated Router) Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.31.22 (Backup Designated Router) Suppress hello for 0 neighbor(s) R1# Step 3: Use the show ip ospf neighbors command in global configuration mode to view information about the other routers in the OSPF area. Notice that R3 is the DR and R2 is the BDR. R1#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Interface 192.168.31.22 1 FULL/BDR FastEthernet0/0 192.168.31.33 1 FULL/DR FastEthernet0/0

Dead Time

Address

00:00:35

192.168.1.2

00:00:30

192.168.1.3

Task 7: Use the OSPF Priority to Determine the DR and BDR Step 1: Use the ip ospf priority interface command to change the OSPF priority of the R1 router to 255. This is the highest possible priority. R1(config)#interface fastEthernet0/0 R1(config-if)#ip ospf priority 255 R1(config-if)#end Step 2: Use the ip ospf priority interface command to change the OSPF priority of the R3 router to 100. R3(config)#interface fastEthernet0/0 R3(config-if)#ip ospf priority 100 R3(config-if)#end Step 3: Use the ip ospf priority interface command to change the OSPF priority of the R2 router to 0. A priority of 0 causes the router to be ineligible to participate in an OSPF election and become a DR or BDR. R2(config)#interface fastEthernet0/0 R2(config-if)#ip ospf priority 0 R2(config-if)#end Step 4: Shut down and re-enable the FastEthernet0/0 interfaces to force an OSPF election. The FastEthernet0/0 interfaces of each of the routers can be shut down and re-enabled to force an OSPF election. Shut down the FastEthernet0/0 interface on each of the three routers. Notice that as the interfaces are shut down the OSPF adjacencies are lost.




R1: R1(config)#interface fastethernet0/0 R1(config-if)#shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to administratively down %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to down 02:17:22: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.22 on FastEthernet0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached 02:17:22: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.33 on FastEthernet0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached R2: R2(config)#interface fastethernet0/0 R2(config-if)#shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to administratively down %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to down 02:17:06: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.33 on FastEthernet0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached 02:17:06: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.11 on FastEthernet0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached R3: R3(config)#interface fastethernet0/0 R3(config-if)#shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to administratively down %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to down 02:17:22: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.22 on FastEthernet0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached 02:17:22: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.11 on FastEthernet0/0 from FULL to Down: Interface down or detached Step 5: Re-enable the FastEthernet0/0 interface on the R2 router. R2(config-if)#no shut R2(config-if)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R2# Step 6: Re-enable the FastEthernet0/0 interface on the R1 router. Notice that an adjacency is formed with the R2 router. It may take up to 40 seconds for the R2 router to send a hello packet. R1(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up




R1(config-if)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console R1# 02:31:43: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.22 on FastEthernet0/0 from EXCHANGE to FULL, Exchange Done Step 7: Use the show ip ospf neighbor command on the R1 router to view the OSPF neighbor information for that router. Notice that even though the R2 router has a higher router ID than R1, the R2 router has been set to a state of DRother because the OSPF priority has been set to 0.

R1#show ip ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Pri State Interface 192.168.31.22 0 FULL/DROTHER FastEthernet0/0 R1#

Dead Time

Address

00:00:33

192.168.1.2

Step 8: Re-enable the FastEthernet0/0 interface on the R3 router. Notice that an adjacency is formed with the R1 and R2 routers. It may take up to 40 seconds for both the R1 and R2 routers to each send a hello packet. R3(config-if)#no shutdown %LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/0, changed state to up R3(config-if)#end %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console 02:37:32: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.11 on FastEthernet0/0 from LOADING to FULL, Loading Done 02:37:36: %OSPF-5-ADJCHG: Process 1, Nbr 192.168.31.22 on FastEthernet0/0 from EXCHANGE to FULL, Exchange Done Step 9: Use the show ip ospf interface command on the R3 router to verify that R3 has become the BDR. R3#show ip ospf interface FastEthernet0/0 is up, line protocol is up Internet address is 192.168.1.3/24, Area 0 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.31.33, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State BDR, Priority 100 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.31.11, Interface address 192.168.1.1




Task 8: Document the Router Configurations. On each router, capture the following command output to a text file and save for future reference: •


•

Routing table

•


•


Task 9: Clean Up. Erase the configurations and reload the routers. Disconnect and store the cabling. For PC hosts that are normally connected to other networks (such as the school LAN or to the Internet), reconnect the appropriate cabling and restore the TCP/IP settings.


Lab 11.6.2: Challenge OSPF Configuration Lab Topology Diagram


HQ

Interface

Branch2

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Lo1

Branch1

IP Address

10.10.10.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

Fa0/0

N/A

S0/0/0

N/A

S0/0/1

N/A

PC1

NIC

PC2

NIC

PC3

NIC


Page 1 of 10


Lab 11.6.2: Challenge OSPF Configuration Lab


Create an efficient VLSM design given requirements

•

Assign appropriate addresses to interfaces and document

•

Cable a network according to the Topology Diagram

•

Erase the startup configuration and reload a router to the default state

•

Configure routers including OSPF

•

Configure and propagate a static default route

•

Verify OSPF operation

•

Test and verify full connectivity

•

Reflect upon and document the network implementation

Scenario In this lab activity, you will be given a network address that must be subnetted using VLSM to complete the addressing of the network shown in the Topology Diagram. A combination OSPF routing and static routing will be required so that hosts on networks that are not directly connected will be able to communicate with each other. OSPF area ID of 0 and process ID of 1 will be used in all OSPF configurations.

Task 1: Subnet the Address Space. Step 1: Examine the network requirements. The addressing for the Network has the following requirements. •

•

The 172.20.0.0/16 network must be subnetted to provide addresses for the LANs and serial links. o The HQ LAN will require 8000 addresses o The Branch1 LAN will require 4000 addresses o The Branch 2 LAN will require 2000 addresses o The links between the routers will require two addresses for each link The loopback address representing the link between the HQ router and the ISP will use the 10.10.10.0/30 network.

Step 2: Consider the following questions when creating your network design. How many subnets need to be created from the 172.20.0.0/16 network? ________ How many total IP addresses are required from the 172.16.0.0/16 network? ____________ What subnet mask will be used for the HQ LAN subnet? ________________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ What subnet mask will be used for the Branch1 LAN subnet? ___________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________


Page 2 of 10



What subnet mask will be used for the Branch2 LAN subnet? _____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on this subnet? __________ What subnet mask will be used for the links between the three routers? ____________________ What is the maximum number of host addresses that could be used on each of these subnets? ________

Step 3: Assign subnetwork addresses to the Topology Diagram. 1. Assign subnet 0 of the 172.20.0.0/16 network to the HQ LAN subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? _________________ 2. Assign subnet 1 of the 172.20.0.0/16 network to the Branch1 LAN subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ______________________ 3. Assign subnet 2 of the 172.20.0.0/16 network to the Branch2 LAN subnet. What is the network address of this subnet? ______________________ 4. Assign subnet 3 of the 172.20.0.0/16 network to the link between the HQ and Branch1 routers. What is the network address of this subnet? ___________________________ 5. Assign subnet 4 of the 172.20.0.0/16 network to the link between the HQ and Branch2 routers. What is the network address of this subnet? ___________________________ 6. Assign subnet 5 of the 172.20.0.0/16 network to the link between the Branch1 and Branch2 routers. What is the network address of this subnet? ____________________

Task 2: Determine Interface Addresses. Assign appropriate addresses to the device interfaces. 1. Assign the first valid host address in the 10.10.10.0/30 network to the Loopback 1 interface on the HQ router. 2. Assign the first valid IP address of the HQ LAN network to the LAN interface of the HQ router. 3. Assign the last valid IP address of the HQ LAN network to PC2. 4. Assign the first valid IP address of the Branch1 LAN network to the LAN interface of the Branch1 router. 5. Assign the last valid IP address of the Branch1 LAN network to PC1. 6. Assign the first valid IP address of the Branch2 LAN network to the LAN interface of the Branch2 router. 7. Assign the last valid IP address of the Branch2 LAN network to PC3.


Page 3 of 10



8. Assign the first valid IP address of the HQ to Branch1 link network to the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the HQ router. 9. Assign the last valid IP address of the HQ to Branch1 link network to the Serial0/0/0 interface of the Branch router. 10. Assign the first valid IP address of the HQ to Branch2 link network to the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the HQ router. 11. Assign the last valid IP address of the HQ to Branch2 link network to the Serial0/0/1 interface of the Branch2 router. 12. Assign the first valid IP address of the Branch1 to Branch2 link network to the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the Branch1 router. 13. Assign the last valid IP address of the Branch1 to Branch2 link network to the Serial0/0/0 interface of the Branch2 router. Document the addresses to be used in the table provided under the Topology Diagram.

Task 3: Prepare the Network. Step 1: Cable a network that is similar to the one in the Topology Diagram. You can use any current router in your lab as long as it has the required interfaces as shown in the topology. Step 2: Clear any existing configurations on the routers.



Page 4 of 10



Task 5: Configure and Activate Serial and Ethernet Addresses. Step 1: Configure the interfaces on the HQ, Branch1, and Branch2 routers with the IP addresses from the table provided under the Topology Diagram. When you have finished, be sure to save the running configuration to the NVRAM of the router. Step 2: Configure the Ethernet interfaces of PC1, PC2, and PC3 with the IP addresses from the table provided under the Topology Diagram. Step 3: Configure the correct bandwidth for the serial interfaces on the Branch 1 router. What commands are required to accomplish this? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________

Step 4: Configure the correct bandwidth for the serial interfaces on the Branch 2 router. What commands are required to accomplish this? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________


Page 5 of 10



Step 5: Configure the correct bandwidth for the serial interfaces on the HQ router. What commands are required to accomplish this? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________

Task 6: Verify Connectivity to Next Hop Device. You should NOT have connectivity between end devices yet. However, you can test connectivity between two routers and between and end device and its default gateway. Step 1: Verify that the HQ, Branch1, and Branch2 routers can ping each of the neighboring routers across the WAN links. Step 2: Verify that PC1, PC2, and PC3 can ping their respective default gateway.

Task 7: Configure OSPF Routing on the Branch1 Router. Step 1: Consider the networks that need to be included in the OSPF updates that are sent out by the Branch1 router. What directly connected networks are present in the Branch1 routing table? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ What commands are required to enable OSPF and include the connected networks in the routing updates? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________


Page 6 of 10



Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have OSPF updates sent out? ____________ What command is used to disable OSPF updates on these interfaces? _____________________________________________________________________________

Task 8: Configure OSPF and Static Routing on the HQ Router. Step 1: Consider the type of static routing that is needed on HQ. A static default route will need to be configured to send all packets with destination addresses that are not in the routing table to the loopback address representing the link between the HQ router and the ISP. What command is needed to accomplish this? _____________________________________________________________________________ What directly connected networks are present in the HQ routing table? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Will the networks of the HQ LAN and the links between the Branch 1 and Branch2 routers need to have the subnet mask information included in the network statements? __________ What commands are required to enable OSPF and include the appropriate networks in the routing updates? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have OSPF updates sent out? ____________ What command is used to disable OSPF updates on these interfaces? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________


Page 7 of 10



The HQ router needs to send the default route information to the Branch1 and Branch2 routers in the OSPF updates. What command is used to configure this? _____________________________________________________________________________

Task 9: Configure OSPF Routing on the Branch2 Router. Step 1: Consider the networks that need to be included in the OSPF updates that are sent out by the Branch2 router. What directly connected networks are present in the Branch2 routing table? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________

What commands are required to enable OSPF and include the connected networks in the routing updates? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Are there any router interfaces that do not need to have OSPF updates sent out? ____________ What command is used to disable OSPF updates on these interfaces? _____________________________________________________________________________

Task 10: Verify the Configurations Answer the following questions to verify that the network is operating as expected. From PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? ____________ From PC1, is it possible to ping the PC3? ___________ The answer to the above questions should be ‘yes’. If any of the above pings failed, check your physical connections and configurations. Refer to your basic troubleshooting techniques used in the [Chapter 1] labs.


Page 8 of 10



What OSPF routes are present in the routing table of the Branch1 router? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the Branch1 router? _____________________________________________________________________________ What OSPF routes are present in the routing table of the HQ router? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the HQ router? _____________________________________________________________________________ What OSPF routes are present in the routing table of the Branch2 router? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ What is the gateway of last resort in the routing table of the Branch2 router?

_____________________________________________________________________________


Page 9 of 10



Task 11: Reflection On PC1, use the tracert command to examine the route that is used between PC1 and PC3. What are the hops in the route to PC3? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Is this the least number of hops that can be used to reach PC3? ____________ If the answer is no, why is a path with more than the minimum amount of hops used? _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________


show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols




Lab 11.6.3: OSPF Troubleshooting Lab Topology Diagram


Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Fa0/0

10.10.0.1

255.255.252.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.7.1

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

172.16.7.5

255.255.255.252

N/A

Lo1

209.165.202.129

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

10.10.4.1

255.255.254.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.7.2

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

172.16.7.9

255.255.255.252

N/A

Fa0/0

10.10.6.1

255.255.254.0

N/A

S0/0/0

172.16.7.10

255.255.255.252

N/A

S0/0/1

172.16.7.6

255.255.255.252

N/A

PC1

NIC

10.10.5.254

255.255.254.0

10.10.4.1

PC2

NIC

10.10.3.254

255.255.252.0

10.10.0.1

PC3

NIC

10.10.7.254

255.255.254.0

10.10.6.1

HQ

Branch1

Branch2


Page 1 of 12


Lab 11.6.3: OSPF Troubleshooting Lab



•


•


•

Discover where communication is not possible.

•

Gather information about the misconfigured portion of the network along with any other errors.

•

Analyze information to determine why communication is not possible.

•


•


•


Scenario In this lab, you will begin by loading configuration scripts on each of the routers. These scripts contain errors that will prevent end-to-end communication across the network. You will need to troubleshoot each router to determine the configuration errors, and then use the appropriate commands to correct the configurations. When you have corrected all of the configuration errors, all of the hosts on the network should be able to communicate with each other. The network should also have the following requirements met: •

OSPF routing is configured on the Branch1 router.

•

OSPF routing is configured on the Branch2 router.

•

OSPF routing is configured on the HQ router.

•

OSPF updates must be disabled on the LAN and Loopback interfaces.

•

The HQ router must redistribute the default route to the Loopback interface in the routing updates.

•

All OSPF routers must use a process ID of 1.

•

All OSPF routers must be in area 0.


Task 2: Load Routers with the Supplied Scripts Step 1: Load the following script onto the Branch1 router: hostname Branch1 ! ! no ip domain-lookup All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 2 of 12



! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.4.1 255.255.254.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 172.16.7.2 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 172.16.7.9 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! router ospf 2 passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 network 10.10.4.0 0.0.1.255 area 0 network 172.16.7.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 172.16.7.8 0.0.0.3 area 0 ! ip classless ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end

Step 2: Load the following script onto the Branch2 router. hostname Branch2 ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.6.1 255.255.254.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 172.16.7.10 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 172.16.7.6 255.255.255.252 ! router ospf 1 log-adjacency-changes passive-interface Serial0/0/1 network 172.16.7.4 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 172.16.7.8 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 10.10.6.0 0.0.3.255 area 0 All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 3 of 12



! ip classless ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end

Step 3: Load the following script onto the HQ router. hostname HQ ! ! no ip domain-lookup ! interface FastEthernet0/0 ip address 10.10.10.1 255.255.252.0 duplex auto speed auto no shutdown ! ! interface Serial0/0/0 ip address 172.16.7.1 255.255.255.252 no shutdown ! interface Serial0/0/1 ip address 172.16.7.5 255.255.255.252 clock rate 64000 no shutdown ! interface Loopback1 ip address 209.165.202.129 255.255.255.252 ! router ospf 1 log-adjacency-changes passive-interface FastEthernet0/0 passive-interface Loopback1 network 172.16.7.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 172.16.7.4 0.0.0.3 area 0 network 10.10.0.0 0.0.7.255 area 0 ! ip classless ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 loopback1 ! line con 0 line vty 0 4 login ! ! end


Page 4 of 12



Task 3: Troubleshoot the Branch1 Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host connected to the Branch1 router. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ Step 2: Examine the Branch1 router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Examine the interface configuration portion of the output of the show running-configuration command. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________

If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors on the Branch1 router? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again. Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the Branch1 router. What routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 5 of 12



Are there any problems with the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the Branch1 router, or will it be necessary to troubleshoot the configurations on the other two routers to correct the errors? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Use the show running-configuration, show ip protocols, and show ip ospf neighbor commands to view information about the OSPF configuration on the Branch1 router. Are there any problems with the OSPF configuration? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the OSPF configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above; apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the Branch1 router? ________ If the answer to this question is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. What routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the HQ router? __________ From the host PC1, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the HQ router? __________ All contents are Copyright © 1992–2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information.

Page 6 of 12



Task 4: Troubleshoot the HQ Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the host PC2. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ Step 2: Examine the HQ router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Examine the interface configuration portion of the output of the show running-configuration command. Are there any problems with the configuration of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the interface status that could be due to errors on other parts of the network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors on the HQ router? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again.


Page 7 of 12



Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the HQ router. What routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Use the show running-configuration, show ip protocols, and show ip ospf neighbor commands to view information about the OSPF configuration on the HQ router. Are there any additional problems with the OSPF configuration? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the OSPF configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems on the HQ router that could be due to errors on other parts of the network? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________


Page 8 of 12



Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above; apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the HQ router? __________ If the answer to either of this is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again. Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping PC3? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the Branch2 router? __________ From the host PC2, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the Branch2 router? __________

Task 5: Troubleshoot the Branch2 Router Step 1: Begin troubleshooting at the Host PC3. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the default gateway? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the Serial0/0/1 interface of the Branch 2 router? __________ Step 2: Examine the Branch2 router to find possible configuration errors. Begin by viewing the summary of status information for each interface on the router. Are there any problems with the status of the interfaces? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the configuration of the interfaces, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 3: If you have recorded any commands above, apply them to the router configuration now. Step 4: View summary of the status information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous step, view the summary of the status information for the router interfaces again. Does the information in the interface status summary indicate any configuration errors on the Branch router? __________ If the answer is yes, troubleshoot the interface status of the interfaces again.


Page 9 of 12



Step 5: Troubleshoot the routing configuration on the Branch2 router. What routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Are there any problems with the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Use the show running-configuration, show ip protocols, and show ip ospf neighbor commands to view information about the OSPF configuration on the Branch2 router. Are there any problems with the OSPF configuration? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ If there are any problems with the OSPF configuration, record any commands that will be necessary to correct the configuration errors. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 6: If you have recorded any commands above; apply them to the router configuration now. Step 7: View the routing information. If any changes were made to the configuration in the previous steps, view the routing information again. Does the information in routing table indicate any configuration errors on the Branch2 router? _________ If the answer to this question is yes, troubleshoot the routing configuration again.




What routes are shown in the routing table? ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Step 8: Attempt to ping between the hosts again. From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC1? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping PC2? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/0 interface of the Branch1 router? __________ From the host PC3, is it possible to ping the Serial 0/0/1 interface of the Branch1 router? __________

Task 6: Reflection There were a number of configuration errors in the scripts that were provided for this lab. Use the space below to write a brief description of the errors that you found. ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________


show running-config

•

show ip route

•


•

show ip protocols









Page 1 of 4




Interface

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Fa0/0

10.10.10.1

255.255.255.248

Loopback0

1.1.1.1

255.255.255.255

Fa0/0

10.10.10.2

255.255.255.248

10.10.10.3

255.255.255.248

10.10.10.4

255.255.255.248

172.16.52.133

255.255.255.252

172.16.52.129

255.255.255.252

172.16.52.134

255.255.255.252

R1

R2

Fa0/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0

R3 Fa0/1 Fa0/0 R4

Fa0/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0

R5

Fa0/1 S0/0/0 Fa0/0

R6

Fa0/1 S0/0/0

Objectives • • • • • •

Design and document an addressing scheme based on requirements. Apply a basic configuration to the devices. Configure a Routers Priority and RID's Configure OSPF routing Disable routing updates on appropriate interfaces. Verify full connectivity between all devices in the topology.


Page 2 of 4



Task 1: Design and document an addressing scheme Use the 172.16.0.0/16 to create an efficient addressing scheme that meets the following requirements:

Hostname R2 R3 R4 R5 R5 R6 R6

Interface Fa0/1 Fa0/1 Fa0/1 Fa0/1 Fa0/0 Fa0/1 Fa0/0

Number of Hosts 1000 400 120 6000 800 2000 500

NOTE: Interface Fa0/0 has been preconfigured on R1,R2,R3, and R4.

Task 2: Apply a basic configuration. Step 1: On each router use the following chart to complete the basic router configurations.

Console Password

VTY Password

cisco

cisco

Enable Secret Password cisco

Clockrate (if applicable) 56000

Task 3: Configure OSPF routing Step 1: Configure OSPF routing on each Router. Step 2: Verify that all Routes were learned.

Task 4: Fine-tuning OSPF Step 1: Use the following guidelines to complete this task: • R1 will never participate in a DR/BDR election. • R2 will always become the DR • R3 and R4 will both have the same priority of 100. • R4 Should always become the BDR NOTE: ALL PRIORITIES SHOULD BE SET ON FA0/0 Step 2: Force a DR/BDR election.


Page 3 of 4



Task 5: Configure a Loopback Step 1: On R1 configure a loopback with a 1.1.1.1/32 address. Step 2: Create a Default route to the loopback Step 3: Propagate the route within OSPF updates.

Task 6: View OSPF updates Step 1: Enter simulation mode Step 2: Select only OSPF in the filter. Step 3: View the updates


Page 4 of 4

ERouting Student Manual CCNA 2

Recommend Documents